Initial commit

56 files changed, 9663 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/README b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/README
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..befb5e42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/README
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+AUTOGRAPH -- This directory contains the contents of the NCAR file
+autograph.f, unpacked one subroutine per file.  Here is the revision file 
+supplied by NCAR for the autograph package.  For NOAO specific enhancements, 
+see gio$ncarutil/README.
+
+ Revision history:
+
+ February, 1979   Added a revision history and enhanced machine
+                  independency.
+
+ September, 1979  Fixed a couple of problems which caused the code to
+                  bomb when core was pre-set to indefinites and the
+                  1st graph drawn was peculiar in some way and another
+                  which caused it to set the default dashed-line-speci-
+                  fier length wrong.  Added new documentation.
+
+ October, 1979    Changed the way IDIOT behaves when NPTS is negative.
+
+ March, 1980      Fixed a couple of small errors, one which prevented
+                  an error exit in AGSETP from ever being reached and
+                  another which caused AUTOGRAPH to blow up when given
+                  a zero or negative on a logarithmic axis.  Changed
+                  the way in which NBPF is computed by AGSTR1.
+
+ August, 1981     Removed all calls setting the plotter intensity and
+                  made the computation of the variable SMRL portable.
+
+ April, 1984      Made the code strictly FORTRAN-77 compatible, taking
+                  out all dependency on support routines (such as LOC).
+                  This required some changes in the user interface.
+
+ February, 1985   Put code in AGSETP to reclaim character-store space
+                  used by character-string dash patterns when they are
+                  redefined using binary patterns.  Also changed AGGTCH
+                  to return a single blank for a non-existent string.
+
+ August, 1985     Put code in AGGETP so that the label-name identifier
+                  is now returned properly.  Among other things, this
+                  cures a problem which caused the character-storage
+                  space to be eaten up.
+
+ December, 1985   Fixed AGSETP to zero the current-line pointer when
+                  the current-label pointer is changed.
+
+ January, 1986    Fixed AGAXIS to respond properly to the zeroing of
+                  NCIM by AGCHNL.
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agaxis.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agaxis.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4c3bec73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agaxis.f
@@ -0,0 +1,1851 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C A   B R I E F   D E S C R I P T I O N   O F   A U T O G R A P H
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+C Following is a brief description of the AUTOGRAPH package.  For a
+C complete write-up, see the document "AUTOGRAPH - THE UNABRIDGED
+C WRITE-UP".
+C
+C
+C PACKAGE AUTOGRAPH
+C
+C LATEST REVISION        January, 1986
+C
+C PURPOSE                To draw graphs, each with a labelled background
+C                        and each displaying one or more curves.
+C
+C ACCESS (ON THE CRAY)   To use AUTOGRAPH routines on the Cray, simply
+C                        call them; they are in the binary library
+C                        $NCARLB, which is automatically searched.
+C
+C                        To get smoother curves, drawn using spline
+C                        interpolation, compile DASHSMTH, from ULIB,
+C                        to replace DASHCHAR, from $NCARLB:
+C
+C                          GETSRC,LIB=ULIB,FILE=DASHSMTH,L=DSMTH.
+C                          CFT,I=DSMTH,L=0.
+C
+C                        AUTOGRAPH contains a routine AGPWRT, which it
+C                        calls to draw labels.  This routine just passes
+C                        its arguments on to the system-plot-package
+C                        routine PWRIT.  To use one of the fancier
+C                        character-drawers, like PWRITX or PWRITY,
+C                        just compile a routine AGPWRT to replace the
+C                        default version; it has the same arguments as
+C                        PWRIT and may either draw the character string
+C                        itself, or just pass the arguments on to a
+C                        desired character-drawer.  The AUTOGRAPH
+C                        specialist has some "standard" versions of
+C                        AGPWRT and should be consulted for help in
+C                        avoiding pitfalls.  One standard version,
+C                        which calls PWRITX, may be obtained using the
+C                        following JCL:
+C
+C                          GETSRC,LIB=XLIB,FILE=AGUPWRITX,L=UPWRTX.
+C                          CFT,I=UPWRTX,L=0.
+C
+C USAGE                  Following this indented preamble are given two
+C                        lists:  one describing the AUTOGRAPH routines
+C                        and another describing the arguments of those
+C                        routines.
+C
+C                        "AUTOGRAPH - THE UNABRIDGED WRITE-UP" gives
+C                        a complete write-up of AUTOGRAPH, in great
+C                        detail and with a set of helpful examples.
+C
+C ENTRY POINTS           Except for seven routines which are included
+C                        in the package for historical reasons (EZY,
+C                        EZXY, EZMY, EZMXY, IDIOT, ANOTAT, and DISPLA),
+C                        the AUTOGRAPH routines have six-character names
+C                        beginning with the characters 'AG'.  An alpha-
+C                        betized list follows:
+C
+C                          AGAXIS AGBACK AGBNCH AGCHAX AGCHCU AGCHIL
+C                          AGCHNL AGCTCS AGCTKO AGCURV AGDASH AGDFLT
+C                          AGDLCH AGDSHN AGEXAX AGEXUS AGEZSU AGFPBN
+C                          AGFTOL AGGETC AGGETF AGGETI AGGETP AGGTCH
+C                          AGINIT AGKURV AGLBLS AGMAXI AGMINI AGNUMB
+C                          AGPPID AGPWRT AGQURV AGRPCH AGRSTR AGSAVE
+C                          AGSCAN AGSETC AGSETF AGSETI AGSETP AGSRCH
+C                          AGSTCH AGSTUP AGUTOL
+C
+C                        NOTE:  The "routine" AGDFLT is a block-data
+C                        routine specifying the default values of
+C                        AUTOGRAPH control parameters.
+C
+C SPECIAL CONDITIONS     Under certain conditions, AUTOGRAPH may print
+C                        an error message (via the routine SETER) and
+C                        stop.  Each error message includes the name of
+C                        the routine which issued it.  A description of
+C                        the condition which caused the error may be
+C                        found in the AUTOGRAPH write-up in the NCAR
+C                        graphics manual; look in the write-up of the
+C                        routine which issued the error message, under
+C                        the heading 'SPECIAL CONDITIONS'.
+C
+C                        For error messages issued by the routine
+C                        AGNUMB, see the write-up of the routine AGSTUP.
+C
+C                        If you get an error in the routine ALOG10, it
+C                        probably means that you are using a logarithmic
+C                        axis and some of the coordinate data along that
+C                        axis are zero or negative.
+C
+C COMMON BLOCKS          The AUTOGRAPH common blocks are AGCONP, AGORIP,
+C                        AGOCHP, AGCHR1, and AGCHR2.  AGCONP contains
+C                        the AUTOGRAPH "control parameters", primary and
+C                        secondary, all of which are real, AGORIP other
+C                        real and/or integer parameters, AGOCHP other
+C                        character parameters, AGCHR1 and AGCHR2 the
+C                        variables implementing the character-storage-
+C                        and-retrieval scheme of AUTOGRAPH.
+C
+C I/O                    Lower-level plotting routines are called to
+C                        produce graphical output and, when errors
+C                        occur, error messages may be written to the
+C                        system error file, as defined by I1MACH(4),
+C                        either directly or by way of a call to SETER.
+C
+C REQUIRED ULIB          AUTOGRAPH uses the software dashed-line package
+C ROUTINES               DASHCHAR.  Of course, either of the packages
+C                        DASHSMTH or DASHSUPR may be used instead, to
+C                        get smoother curves.
+C
+C SPECIALIST             Dave Kennison, Scientific Computing Division,
+C                        National Center for Atmospheric Research
+C
+C LANGUAGE               FORTRAN
+C
+C HISTORY                Dave Robertson wrote the original routine
+C                        IDIOT, which was intended to provide a simple,
+C                        quick-and-dirty, x-y graph-drawing capability.
+C                        In time, as it became obvious that many users
+C                        were adapting IDIOT to more sophisticated
+C                        tasks, Dan Anderson wrote the first AUTOGRAPH
+C                        package, based on IDIOT.  It allowed the user
+C                        to put more than one curve on a graph, to use
+C                        more sophisticated backgrounds, to specify
+C                        coordinate data in a variety of ways, and to
+C                        more easily control the scaling and positioning
+C                        of graphs.  Eventually, this package, too, was
+C                        found wanting.  In 1977, Dave Kennison entirely
+C                        re-wrote AUTOGRAPH, with the following goals:
+C                        to maintain the ease of use for simple graphs
+C                        which had been the principal virtue of the
+C                        package, to provide the user with as much
+C                        control as possible, to incorporate desirable
+C                        new features, and to make the package as
+C                        portable as possible.  In 1984, the package
+C                        was again worked over by Dave Kennison, to
+C                        make it compatible with FORTRAN-77 and
+C                        to remove any dependency on the LOC function,
+C                        which had proved to cause difficulties on
+C                        certain machines.  The user interface was
+C                        changed somewhat and some new features were
+C                        added.  A GKS-compatible version was written.
+C
+C SPACE REQUIRED         AUTOGRAPH is big; one pays a price for its
+C                        capabilities.  On the Cray, it occupies a
+C                        little under 30000 (octal) locations.  The
+C                        required plot package routines take about
+C                        another 7000 (octal), the (modified) PORT
+C                        support routines about another 1000 (octal),
+C                        and system routines (math, I/O, miscellany)
+C                        another 30000 (octal).
+C
+C PORTABILITY            AUTOGRAPH may be ported with few modifications
+C                        to most systems having a FORTRAN-77 compiler.
+C
+C                        The labelled common blocks may have to be
+C                        declared in a part of the user program which
+C                        is always core-resident so that variables
+C                        in them will maintain their values from one
+C                        AUTOGRAPH-routine call to the next.  Such a
+C                        problem may arise when AUTOGRAPH is placed in
+C                        an overlay or when some sort of memory-paging
+C                        scheme is used.
+C
+C REQUIRED RESIDENT      AUTOGRAPH uses the DASHCHAR routines DASHDB,
+C ROUTINES               DASHDC, FRSTD, LASTD, LINED, AND VECTD, the
+C                        system-plot-package routines FRAME, GETSET,
+C                        GETSI, LINE, PWRIT, and SET, the support
+C                        routines ISHIFT and IOR, the (modified)
+C                        PORT utilities SETER and I1MACH, and the
+C                        FORTRAN-library routines ALOG10, ATAN2, COS,
+C                        SIN, AND SQRT.
+C
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C U S E R - C A L L A B L E   A U T O G R A P H   R O U T I N E S
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+C Following is a list of AUTOGRAPH routines to be called by the user
+C (organized by function).  Each routine is described briefly.  The
+C arguments of the routines are described in the next section.
+C
+C Each of the following routines draws a complete graph with one call.
+C Each is implemented by a set of calls to the lower-level AUTOGRAPH
+C routines AGSTUP, AGCURV, and AGBACK (which see, below).
+C
+C -- EZY (YDRA,NPTS,GLAB) - draws a graph of the curve defined by the
+C    data points ((I,YDRA(I)),I=1,NPTS), with a graph label specified
+C    by GLAB.
+C
+C -- EZXY (XDRA,YDRA,NPTS,GLAB) - draws a graph of the curve defined by
+C    the data points ((XDRA(I),YDRA(I)),I=1,NPTS), with a graph label
+C    specified by GLAB.
+C
+C -- EZMY (YDRA,IDXY,MANY,NPTS,GLAB) - draws a graph of the family of
+C    curves defined by data points (((I,YDRA(I,J)),I=1,NPTS),J=1,MANY),
+C    with a graph label specified by GLAB.  The order of the subscripts
+C    of YDRA may be reversed - see the routine DISPLA, argument LROW.
+C
+C -- EZMXY (XDRA,YDRA,IDXY,MANY,NPTS,GLAB) - draws a graph of the
+C    family of curves defined by the data points (((XDRA(I),YDRA(I,J)),
+C    I=1,NPTS),J=1,MANY), with a graph label specified by GLAB.  XDRA
+C    may be doubly-subscripted and the order of the subscripts of XDRA
+C    and YDRA may be reversed - see the routine DISPLA, argument LROW.
+C
+C -- IDIOT (XDRA,YDRA,NPTS,LTYP,LDSH,LABX,LABY,LABG,LFRA) - implements
+C    the routine from which AUTOGRAPH grew - not recommended - provided
+C    for antique lovers.
+C
+C The following routines provide user access to the AUTOGRAPH control
+C parameters (in the labelled common block AGCONP).
+C
+C -- ANOTAT (XLAB,YLAB,LBAC,LSET,NDSH,DSHL) - may be used to change the
+C    x- and y-axis (non-numeric) labels, the background type, the way
+C    in which graphs are positioned and scaled, and the type of dash
+C    patterns to be used in drawing curves.
+C
+C -- DISPLA (LFRA,LROW,LTYP) - may be used to specify when, if ever,
+C    the EZ... routines do a frame advance, how input arrays for EZMY
+C    and EZMXY are dimensioned, and the linear/log nature of graphs.
+C
+C -- AGSETP (TPGN,FURA,LURA) - a general-purpose parameter-setting
+C    routine, used to set the group of parameters specified by TPGN,
+C    using values obtained from the array (FURA(I),I=1,LURA).
+C
+C -- AGSETF (TPGN,FUSR) - used to set the single parameter specified by
+C    TPGN, giving it the floating-point value FUSR.
+C
+C -- AGSETI (TPGN,IUSR) - used to set the single parameter specified by
+C    TPGN, giving it the floating-point value FLOAT(IUSR).
+C
+C -- AGSETC (TPGN,CUSR) - the character string CUSR is stashed in an
+C    array inside AUTOGRAPH and the floating-point equivalent of an
+C    identifier which may be used for later retrieval of the string is
+C    stored as the value of the single parameter specified by TPGN.  The
+C    single parameter must be a label name, a dash pattern, the text of
+C    a label line, or the line-terminator character.
+C
+C -- AGGETP (TPGN,FURA,LURA) - a general-purpose parameter-getting
+C    routine, used to get the group of parameters specified by TPGN,
+C    putting the result in the array (FURA(I),I=1,LURA).
+C
+C -- AGGETF (TPGN,FUSR) - used to get, in FUSR, the floating-point
+C    value of the single parameter specified by TPGN.
+C
+C -- AGGETI (TPGN,IUSR) - used to get, in IUSR, the integer equivalent
+C    of the value of the single parameter specified by TPGN.
+C
+C -- AGGETC (TPGN,CUSR) - used to get, in CUSR, the character string
+C    whose identifier is specified by the integer equivalent of the
+C    single parameter specified by TPGN.  The single parameter must
+C    be a label name, a dash pattern, the text of a label line, or the
+C    line-terminator character.
+C
+C The following are lower-level routines, which may be used to draw
+C graphs of many different kinds.  The EZ... routines call these.  They
+C are intended to be called by user programs, as well.
+C
+C -- AGSTUP (XDRA,NVIX,IIVX,NEVX,IIEX,YDRA,NVIY,IIVY,NEVY,IIEY) - this
+C    routine must be called prior to the first call to either of the
+C    two routines AGBACK and AGCURV, to force the set-up of secondary
+C    parameters controlling the behavior of those routines.  After any
+C    parameter-setting call, AGSTUP must be called again before calling
+C    either AGBACK or AGCURV again.  AGSTUP calls the routine "SET", in
+C    the plot package, so that user x/y coordinates in subsequent calls
+C    will map properly into the plotter space.
+C
+C -- AGBACK - draws the background defined by the current state of the
+C    AUTOGRAPH control parameters.
+C
+C -- AGCURV (XVEC,IIEX,YVEC,IIEY,NEXY,KDSH) - draws the curve defined
+C    by the arguments, positioning it as specified by the current state
+C    of the AUTOGRAPH control parameters.
+C
+C The following utility routines are called by the user.
+C
+C -- AGSAVE (IFNO) - used to save the current state of AUTOGRAPH by
+C    writing the appropriate information to a specified file.  Most
+C    commonly used to save the default state for later restoration.
+C    This routine should be used instead of AGGETP when the object
+C    is to save the whole state of AUTOGRAPH, since it saves not only
+C    the primary control parameters, but all of the character strings
+C    pointed to by the primary control parameters.  It is the user's
+C    responsibility to position the file before calling AGSAVE.
+C
+C -- AGRSTR (IFNO) - used to restore a saved state of AUTOGRAPH by
+C    reading the appropriate information from a specified file.  Most
+C    commonly used to restore AUTOGRAPH to its default state.  It is
+C    the user's responsibility to position the file before calling
+C    AGRSTR.
+C
+C -- AGBNCH (IDSH) - a function, of type CHARACTER*16 (it must be
+C    declared as such in a user routine referencing it), whose value,
+C    given a 16-bit binary dash pattern, is the equivalent character
+C    dash pattern.
+C
+C -- AGDSHN (IDSH) - a function, of type CHARACTER*16 (it must be
+C    declared as such in a user routine referencing it), whose value,
+C    given an integer "n" (typically between 1 and 26) is the character
+C    string 'DASH/ARRAY/nnnn.', which is the name of the nth dash
+C    pattern parameter.  To set the 13th dash pattern, for example,
+C    one might use "CALL AGSETC (AGDSHN(13),'$$$$$$CURVE 13$$$$$$')".
+C
+C The following utility routines are called by AUTOGRAPH.  The versions
+C included in AUTOGRAPH itself are dummies; they do nothing but RETURN.
+C The user may replace one or more of these routines with versions to
+C accomplish specific purposes.
+C
+C -- AGUTOL (IAXS,FUNS,IDMA,VINP,VOTP) - called by AUTOGRAPH to perform
+C    the mapping from user-system values along an axis to label-system
+C    values along the axis and vice-versa.  This routine may be replaced
+C    by the user to create a desired graph.
+C
+C -- AGCHAX (IFLG,IAXS,IPRT,VILS) - called by AUTOGRAPH just before and
+C    just after the various parts of the axes are drawn.
+C
+C -- AGCHCU (IFLG,KDSH) - called by AUTOGRAPH just before and just after
+C    each curve is drawn.
+C
+C -- AGCHIL (IFLG,LBNM,LNNO) - called by AUTOGRAPH just before and just
+C    after each line of an informational label is drawn.
+C
+C -- AGCHNL (IAXS,VILS,CHRM,MCIM,NCIM,IPXM,CHRE,MCIE,NCIE) - called by
+C    AUTOGRAPH just after the character strings defining a numeric label
+C    have been generated.
+C
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C D E S C R I P T I O N S   O F   A R G U M E N T S
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+C In calls to the routines EZY, EZXY, EZMY, and EZMXY:
+C
+C -- XDRA is an array of x coordinates, dimensioned as implied by the
+C    current value of the AUTOGRAPH control parameter 'ROW.' (see the
+C    description of the argument LROW, below).  The value of the
+C    AUTOGRAPH parameter 'NULL/1.' (1.E36, by default) when used as an
+C    x coordinate, implies a missing data point; the curve segments
+C    on either side of such a point are not drawn.
+C
+C -- YDRA is an array of y coordinates, dimensioned as implied by the
+C    current value of the AUTOGRAPH control parameter 'ROW.' (see the
+C    description of the argument LROW, below).  The value of the
+C    AUTOGRAPH parameter 'NULL/1.' (1.E36, by default) when used as a
+C    y coordinate, implies a missing data point; the curve segments
+C    on either side of such a point are not drawn.
+C
+C -- IDXY is the first dimension of the arrays XDRA (if it has two
+C    dimensions) and YDRA.
+C
+C -- MANY is the number of curves to be drawn by the call to EZ... -
+C    normally, the second dimension of XDRA (if it has two dimensions)
+C    and YDRA.
+C
+C -- NPTS is the number of points defining each curve to be drawn by
+C    the routine EZ... - normally, the first (or only) dimension of
+C    XDRA and YDRA.
+C
+C -- GLAB is a character constant or a character variable, defining a
+C    label to be placed at the top of the graph.  The string may not be
+C    more than 40 characters long - if it is fewer than 40 characters
+C    long, its last character must be a dollar sign.  (The dollar sign
+C    is not a part of the label - it is stripped off.)  The character
+C    string "CHAR(0)" may be used to indicate that the previous label,
+C    whatever it was, should continue to be used.  The initial graph
+C    label consists of blanks.
+C
+C In calls to the routine ANOTAT:
+C
+C -- XLAB and YLAB resemble GLAB (see above) and define labels for the
+C    x and y axes.  The default x-axis label is the single character
+C    X, the default y-axis label the single character Y.  Note that one
+C    may use the string "CHAR(0)" to indicate that the x-axis (y-axis)
+C    label is not to be changed from what it was previously.
+C
+C -- LBAC, if non-zero, specifies a new value for the AUTOGRAPH control
+C    parameter 'BACKGROUND.', as follows:
+C
+C       1 - a perimeter background
+C
+C       2 - a grid background
+C
+C       3 - an axis background
+C
+C       4 - no background
+C
+C    The default value of 'BACKGROUND.' is 1.
+C
+C -- LSET, if non-zero, specifies a new value for the AUTOGRAPH control
+C    parameter 'SET.'.  This parameter may be negated to suspend the
+C    drawing of curves by the EZ... routines, so that a call to one of
+C    them will produce only a background.  The absolute value of 'SET.'
+C    affects the way in which AUTOGRAPH determines the position and
+C    shape of the graph and the scaling of the axes, as follows:
+C
+C       1 - Restores the default values of the AUTOGRAPH parameters
+C           in question.  AUTOGRAPH will set up an appropriate call
+C           to the plot-package routine "SET", over-riding any prior
+C           call to that routine.
+C
+C       2 - Tells AUTOGRAPH to use arguments 1-4 and 9 of the last
+C           "SET" call.  Arguments 1-4 specify where the graph should
+C           fall on the plotter frame, argument 9 whether the graph
+C           is linear/linear, linear/log, etc.
+C
+C       3 - Tells AUTOGRAPH to use arguments 5-8 and 9 of the last
+C           "SET" call.  Arguments 5-8 specify the scaling of the
+C           axes, argument 9 whether the graph is linear/linear,
+C           linear/log, etc.
+C
+C       4 - A combination of 2 and 3.  Arguments 1-4 of the last "SET"
+C           call specify the position, arguments 5-8 the scaling, and
+C           argument 9 the linear/log nature, of the graph.
+C
+C    (The plot-package routine "SET" is described in the NCAR Graphics
+C    Manual; it is not a part of AUTOGRAPH.)
+C
+C    If the routine DISPLA is called with its argument LTYP non-zero,
+C    the linear/log nature of the graph will be that specified by LTYP,
+C    not that specified by the last "SET" call, no matter what the value
+C    of the control parameter 'SET.'.
+C
+C    The default value of 'SET.' is 1.
+C
+C -- NDSH, if non-zero, specifies a new value of the AUTOGRAPH control
+C    parameter 'DASH/SELECTOR.' (and therefore a new set of dashed-line
+C    patterns), as described below.  Note:  The default value of the
+C    dashed-line parameters is such that all curves will be drawn using
+C    solid lines; if that is what you want, use a zero for NDSH.
+C
+C       If the value of 'DASH/SELECTOR.' is negative, curves produced
+C       by subsequent calls to EZMY or EZMXY will be drawn using a
+C       set of alphabetic dashed-line patterns.  The first curve drawn
+C       by a given call will be labelled 'A', the second 'B', ..., the
+C       twenty-sixth 'Z', the twenty-seventh 'A' again, and so on.
+C       Curves drawn by calls to EZY and EZXY will be unaffected.
+C
+C       If the value of 'DASH/SELECTOR.' is positive, it must be less
+C       than or equal to 26.  The next argument, DSHL, is an array
+C       containing NDSH dashed-line patterns.  All curves produced by
+C       subsequent calls to EZY, EZXY, EZMY, and EZMXY will be drawn
+C       using the dashed-line patterns in (DSHL(I),I=1,NDSH) - the
+C       first curve produced by a given call will have the pattern
+C       specified by DSHL(1), the second that specified by DSHL(2),
+C       the third that specified by DSHL(3), . . . the NDSH+1st that
+C       specified by DSHL(1), . . . etc.  Each element of DSHL must
+C       be a character string, in which a dollar sign stands for a
+C       solid-line segment, a quote stands for a gap, and other
+C       characters stand for themselves.  See the write-up of the
+C       package "DASHCHAR".  Binary dashed-line patterns may not be
+C       defined by means of a call to ANOTAT, only by means of calls
+C       to lower-level routines.
+C
+C -- DSHL (if NDSH is greater than zero) is an array of dashed-line
+C    patterns, as described above.
+C
+C In calls to the routine DISPLA:
+C
+C -- LFRA, if non-zero, specifies a new value for the AUTOGRAPH control
+C    parameter 'FRAME.'.  Possible values are as follows:
+C
+C       1 - The EZ... routines do a frame advance after drawing.
+C
+C       2 - No frame advance is done by the EZ... routines.
+C
+C       3 - The EZ... routines do a frame advance before drawing.
+C
+C    The default value of 'FRAME.' is 1.
+C
+C -- LROW, if non-zero, specifies a new value for the AUTOGRAPH control
+C    parameter 'ROW.'.  This parameter tells AUTOGRAPH how the argument
+C    arrays XDRA and YDRA, in calls to the routines EZMY and EZMXY, are
+C    subscripted, as follows:
+C
+C       If 'ROW.' is positive, this implies that the first subscript
+C       of YDRA is a point number and the second subscript is a curve
+C       number.  If 'ROW.' is negative, the order is reversed.
+C
+C       If the absolute value of 'ROW.' is 1, this implies that XDRA
+C       is singly-subscripted, by point number only.  If the absolute
+C       value of 'ROW.' is 2 or greater, this implies that XDRA is
+C       doubly-subscripted, just like YDRA.
+C
+C    The default value of 'ROW.' is 1, spicifying that XDRA is singly-
+C    subscripted and that YDRA is doubly-subscripted by point number
+C    and curve number, in that order.
+C
+C -- LTYP, if non-zero, specifies new values for the AUTOGRAPH control
+C    parameters 'X/LOGARITHMIC.' and 'Y/LOGARITHMIC.', which determine
+C    whether the X and Y axes are linear or logarithmic.  Possible
+C    values are as follows:
+C
+C       1 - x axis linear, y axis linear
+C
+C       2 - x axis linear, y axis logarithmic
+C
+C       3 - x axis logarithmic, y axis linear
+C
+C       4 - x axis logarithmic, y axis logarithmic
+C
+C    The default values of these parameters make both axes linear.
+C
+C    If the parameters 'X/LOGARITHMIC.' and 'Y/LOGARITHMIC.' are reset
+C    by the routine DISPLA, they are given values which make them
+C    immune to being reset when 'SET.' = 2, 3, or 4 (see the discussion
+C    of the argument LSET, above).
+C
+C In calls to the routines AGSETP, AGSETF, AGSETI AGSETC, AGGETP,
+C AGGETF, AGGETI, and AGGETC:
+C
+C -- TPGN is a character string identifying a group of AUTOGRAPH
+C    control parameters.  It is of the form 'K1/K2/K3/ . . . /Kn.'.
+C    Each Ki is a keyword.  The keyword K1 specifies a group of control
+C    parameters, K2 a subgroup of that group, K3 a subgroup of that
+C    subgroup, etc.  See the AUTOGRAPH write-up in the graphics manual
+C    for a more complete description of these parameter-group names and
+C    the ways in which they may be abbreviated.
+C
+C -- FURA is an array, from which control-parameter values are to be
+C    taken (the routine AGSETP) or into which they are to be stored
+C    (the routine AGGETP).  Note that the array is real; all of the
+C    AUTOGRAPH parameters are stored internally as reals.
+C
+C -- LURA is the length of the user array FURA.
+C
+C -- FUSR is a variable, from which a single control parameter value is
+C    to be taken (the routine AGSETF) or in which it is to be returned
+C    (the routine AGGETF).  Note that the variable is real.
+C
+C -- IUSR is a variable, from which a single-control parameter value is
+C    to be taken (the routine AGSETI) or in which it is to be returned
+C    (the routine AGGETI).  Note that, since the control parameters are
+C    stored internally as reals, each of the routines AGSETI and AGGETI
+C    does a conversion - from integer to real or vice-versa.  Note also
+C    that AGSETI and AGGETI should only be used for parameters which
+C    have intrinsically integral values.
+C
+C -- CUSR is a character variable from which a character string is to
+C    be taken (the routine AGSETC) or into which it is to be retrieved
+C    (the routine AGGETC).  The control parameter affected by the call
+C    contains the floating-point equivalent of an integer identifier
+C    returned by the routine which stashes the character string and
+C    tendered to the routine which retrieves it (sort of the automated
+C    equivalent of a hat check).  Note that AGSETC and AGGETC should
+C    only be used for parameters which intrinsically represent character
+C    strings.
+C
+C In calls to the routine AGSTUP:
+C
+C -- XDRA is an array of x coordinates of user data - usually, but not
+C    necessarily, the same data which will later be used in calls to
+C    the routine AGCURV.
+C
+C -- NVIX is the number of vectors of data in XDRA - if XDRA is doubly-
+C    dimensioned, NVIX would normally have the value of its second
+C    dimension, if XDRA is singly-dimensioned, a 1.
+C
+C -- IIVX is the index increment between vectors in XDRA - if XDRA is
+C    doubly-dimensioned, IIVX would normally have the value of its
+C    first dimension, if XDRA is singly-dimensioned, a dummy value.
+C
+C -- NEVX is the number of elements in each data vector in XDRA - if
+C    XDRA is doubly-dimensioned, NEVX would normally have the value of
+C    its first dimension, if XDRA is singly-dimensioned, the value of
+C    that single dimension.
+C
+C -- IIEX is the index increment between elements of a data vector in
+C    XDRA - normally a 1.
+C
+C -- YDRA, NVIY, IIVY, NEVY, and IIEY are analogous to XDRA, NVIX,
+C    IIVX, NEVX, and IIEX, but define y-coordinate data.
+C
+C In calls to the routine AGCURV:
+C
+C -- XVEC is a vector of x coordinate data.
+C
+C -- IIEX is the index increment between elements in XVEC.  AGCURV will
+C    use XVEC(1), XVEC(1+IIEX), XVEC(1+2*IIEX), etc.
+C
+C -- YVEC is a vector of y coordinate data.
+C
+C -- IIEY is the index increment between elements in YVEC.  AGCURV will
+C    use YVEC(1), YVEC(1+IIEY), YVEC(1+2*IIEY), etc.
+C
+C -- NEXY is the number of points defining the curve to be drawn.
+C
+C -- KDSH is a dashed-line selector.  Possible values are as follows:
+C
+C       If KDSH is zero, AUTOGRAPH will assume that the user has
+C       called the routine DASHD (in the DASHCHAR package, which see)
+C       to define the dashed-line pattern to be used.
+C
+C       If KDSH is less than zero and has absolute value M, AUTOGRAPH
+C       will use the Mth (modulo 26) alphabetic dashed-line pattern.
+C       Each of these patterns defines a solid line interrupted every
+C       so often by a letter of the alphabet.
+C
+C       If KDSH is greater than zero and has the value M, AUTOGRAPH
+C       will use the Mth (modulo N) dashed-line pattern in the group
+C       of N dashed-line patterns defined by the AUTOGRAPH control
+C       parameters in the group named 'DASH/PATTERNS.'.  The default
+C       values of these parameters specify solid lines.
+C
+C In calls to the routines AGSAVE and AGRSTR:
+C
+C -- IFNO is the unit number associated with a file to which a single
+C    unformatted logical record of data is to be written, or from which
+C    such a record is to be read, by AUTOGRAPH.  The file is not rewound
+C    before being written or read; positioning it properly is the user's
+C    responsibility.
+C
+C In calls to the function AGBNCH:
+C
+C -- IDSH is a 16-bit binary dash pattern, the character equivalent of
+C    which is to be returned as the value of AGBNCH.
+C
+C In calls to the function AGDSHN:
+C
+C -- IDSH is the number of the dash pattern parameter whose name is to
+C    be returned as the value of the function AGDSHN.
+C
+C In calls to the routine AGUTOL:
+C
+C -- IAXS is the number of the axis.  The values 1, 2, 3, and 4 imply
+C    the left, right, bottom, and top axes, respectively.
+C
+C -- FUNS is the value of the parameter 'AXIS/s/FUNCTION.' which may be
+C    used to select the desired mapping function for axis IAXS.  It is
+C    recommended that the default value (zero) be used to specify the
+C    identity mapping.  A non-zero value may be integral (1., 2., etc.)
+C    and serve purely to select the code to be executed or it may be the
+C    value of a real parameter in the equations defining the mapping.
+C
+C -- IDMA specifies the direction of the mapping.  A value greater than
+C    zero indicates that VINP is a value in the user system and that
+C    VOTP is to be a value in the label system, a value less than zero
+C    the opposite.
+C
+C -- VINP is an input value in one coordinate system along the axis.
+C
+C -- VOTP is an output value in the other coordinate system along the
+C    axis.
+C
+C In calls to the routine AGCHAX:
+C
+C -- IFLG is zero if a particular object is about to be drawn, non-zero
+C    if it has just been drawn.
+C
+C -- IAXS is the number of the axis being drawn.  The values 1, 2, 3,
+C    and 4 indicate the left, right, bottom, and top axes, respectively.
+C
+C -- IPRT indicates the part of the axis being drawn.  Possible values
+C    are as follows:
+C
+C    -- 1 implies the line of the axis.
+C
+C    -- 2 implies a major tick.
+C
+C    -- 3 implies a minor tick.
+C
+C    -- 4 implies the mantissa of a numeric label.
+C
+C    -- 5 implies the exponent of a numeric label.
+C
+C -- VILS is the value in the label system at the point where the part
+C    is being drawn.  For IPRT = 1, VILS is zero.
+C
+C In calls to the routine AGCHCU:
+C
+C -- IFLG is zero if a particular object is about to be drawn, non-zero
+C    if it has just been drawn.
+C
+C -- KDSH is the value with which AGCURV was called, as follows:
+C
+C       AGCURV called by   Value of KDSH
+C       ----------------   ----------------------------------------
+C       EZY                1
+C       EZXY               1
+C       EZMY               "n" or "-n", where n is the curve number
+C       EZMXY              "n" or "-n", where n is the curve number
+C       the user program   the user value
+C
+C In calls to the routine AGCHIL:
+C
+C -- IFLG is zero if a particular object is about to be drawn, non-zero
+C    if it has just been drawn.
+C
+C -- LBNM is a character variable containing the name of the label being
+C    drawn.
+C
+C -- LNNO is the number of the line being drawn.
+C
+C In calls to the routine AGCHNL:
+C
+C -- IAXS is the number of the axis being drawn.  The values 1, 2, 3,
+C    and 4 imply the left, right, bottom, and top axes, respectively.
+C
+C -- VILS is the value to be represented by the numeric label, in the
+C    label system for the axis.  The value of VILS must not be altered.
+C
+C -- CHRM, on entry, is a character string containing the mantissa of
+C    the numeric label, as it will appear if AGCHNL makes no changes.
+C    If the numeric label includes a "times" symbol, it is represented
+C    by a blank in CHRM.  (See IPXM, below.)  CHRM may be modified.
+C
+C -- MCIM is the length of CHRM - the maximum number of characters that
+C    it will hold.  The value of MCIM must not be altered.
+C
+C -- NCIM, on entry, is the number of meaningful characters in CHRM.  If
+C    CHRM is changed, NCIM should be changed accordingly.
+C
+C -- IPXM, on entry, is zero if there is no "times" symbol in CHRM; if
+C    it is non-zero, it is the index of a character position in CHRM.
+C    If AGCHNL changes the position of the "times" symbol in CHRM,
+C    removes it, or adds it, the value of IPXM must be changed.
+C
+C -- CHRE, on entry, is a character string containing the exponent of
+C    the numeric label, as it will appear if AGCHNL makes no changes.
+C    CHRE may be modified.
+C
+C -- MCIE is the length of CHRE - the maximum number of characters that
+C    it will hold.  The value of MCIE must not be altered.
+C
+C -- NCIE, on entry, is the number of meaningful characters in CHRE.  If
+C    CHRE is changed, NCIE should be changed accordingly.
+C
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C T H E   A U T O G R A P H   C O D E
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+C Following is the AUTOGRAPH code.  Routines appear in alphabetic order.
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGAXIS (IAXS,QTST,QSPA,WCWP,HCWP,XBGA,YBGA,XNDA,YNDA,
+     +                   QLUA,UBGA,UNDA,FUNS,QBTP,BASE,QJDP,WMJL,WMJR,
+     +                   QMNT,QNDP,WMNL,WMNR,QLTP,QLEX,QLFL,QLOF,QLOS,
+     +                   DNLA,WCLM,WCLE,RFNL,QCIM,QCIE,WNLL,WNLR,WNLB,
+     +                                                           WNLE)
+C
+C The routine AGAXIS is used to draw, tick-mark, and label an axis or,
+C if ITST is non-zero, to pre-compute the amount of space which will be
+C required for numeric labels when the axis is actually drawn.  AGAXIS
+C assumes that the last call to the plot-package routine SET was as
+C follows (or the equivalent thereof):
+C
+C    CALL SET (XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW,0.,1.,0.,1.,1)
+C
+C where XLCW, XRCW, YBCW, and YTCW are the coordinates of the left,
+C right, bottom, and top edges of the curve window, stated as fractions
+C of the appropriate edge of the plotter frame.
+C
+C The arguments of AGAXIS are as follows:
+C
+C -- IAXS is the number of the axis being drawn - 1, 2, 3, or 4, meaning
+C    the left, right, bottom, and top axes, respectively.
+C
+C -- ITST is an integer specifying what the caller wishes AGAXIS to do,
+C    as follows:
+C
+C    -- If ITST .LT. 0, AGAXIS is to draw only the axis, nothing else.
+C
+C    -- If ITST .EQ. 0, AGAXIS is to draw, tick, and label the axis.
+C
+C    -- If ITST .GT. 0, AGAXIS is to pre-compute the amount of space
+C       which will be required for numeric labels.  If the labels will
+C       not fit in the space provided, AGAXIS is instructed to take
+C       action as follows:
+C
+C       -- ITST .EQ. 1 - no action.
+C
+C       -- ITST .EQ. 2 - shrink the labels.
+C
+C       -- ITST .EQ. 3 - re-orient the labels.
+C
+C       -- ITST .EQ. 4 - shrink and/or re-orient the labels.
+C
+C -- ISPA is a 0 or a 1, specifying whether or not the axis itself is
+C    to be drawn.  If ISPA .NE. 0, the axis is suppressed.  Tick marks
+C    and/or labels may still be drawn.
+C
+C -- WCWP is the width of the curve window, in plotter units.
+C
+C -- HCWP is the height of the curve window, in plotter units.
+C
+C -- XBGA, YBGA, XNDA, and YNDA are the x and y coordinates of the ends
+C    of the axis.  X coordinates are stated as fractions of the width,
+C    y coordinates as fractions of the height, of the curve window.  The
+C    axis to be drawn must be either horizontal or vertical (at an angle
+C    of 0, 90, 180, or 270 degrees).  The left side, right side, begin-
+C    ning, and end of the axis are defined from the viewpoint of a demon
+C    standing at (XBGA,YBGA) and staring balefully toward (XNDA,YNDA).
+C
+C -- LLUA, UBGA, and UNDA define the mapping of the "user" coordinate
+C    system (used for data-point coordinates) onto the axis.  If LLUA
+C    is zero, the mapping is linear; if LLUA is non-zero, the mapping
+C    is logarithmic.  UBGA is the user-system value at the beginning of
+C    the axis, UNDA the value at the end of the axis.  The subroutine
+C    AGFTOL, which needs these parameters, is actually passed LLUA,
+C    UBEG=F(UBGA), and UDIF=F(UNDA)-F(UBGA), where F is the function
+C    F(X)=X or the function F(X)=ALOG10(X), depending on LLUA.
+C
+C -- FUNS is a function-selector, to be used in calls to AGUTOL, which
+C    defines the mappings from the user system to the label system and
+C    vice-versa for each of the four axes.  The functions defined must
+C    be continuous, monotonic, and bounded within the user-system range
+C    (UBGA,UNDA) and a little bit outside that range.  The positions
+C    of numeric labels and tick marks are chosen in the label system,
+C    mapped to the user system, and then onto the axis.
+C
+C -- NBTP and BASE specify how major ticks are to be positioned in the
+C    label coordinate system.  See the routine AGNUMB (arguments NBTP,
+C    SBSE, and EXMU) for a description of these arguments.  Note that
+C    NBTP .EQ. 0 or BASE .EQ. 0. suppresses both major tick marks and
+C    their labels.  Note:  SBSE .EQ. +BASE or -BASE, as needed.
+C
+C -- QJDP is the major-tick-mark dash pattern (0. .LE. QJDP .LE. 65535.)
+C    QJDP .LE. 0 suppresses major ticks.
+C
+C -- WMJL and WMJR are the distances to the left and right ends of the
+C    major tick marks, stated as fractions of the shortest side of the
+C    curve window.  Values .EQ. 0 may be used to suppress one or both
+C    portions.  Values .GE. 1 may be used to extend a given portion all
+C    the way to the edge of the curve window.  (See routine AGCTKO.)
+C
+C -- NMNT is the number of minor tick marks to be placed between each
+C    pair of consecutive major tick marks.  NMNT .EQ. 0 suppresses them.
+C
+C -- QNDP, WMNL, and WMNR are analogous to QJDP, WMJL, and WMJR, but
+C    specify minor-tick-mark characteristics.
+C
+C -- NLTP, NLEX, and NLFL specify the graphic form of numeric labels, as
+C    described in the routine AGNUMB (which see).  Note that NLTP .LE. 0
+C    suppresses numeric labels.
+C
+C -- NLOF and NLOS are first and second choices for the numeric label
+C    orientation.  Both must be multiples of 90, specifying an angle
+C    measured in degrees counter-clockwise from a vector running from
+C    left to right in the curve window.  If ITST .EQ. 0, AGAXIS uses
+C    NLOF if it is .GE. 0, NLOS otherwise, for the label orientation.
+C    If ITST .NE. 0, AGAXIS initially makes both NLOF and NLOS positive.
+C    Then, if ITST .GE. 3, NLOF may or may not be made negative.  (To
+C    set the sign of NLOF or NLOS, AGAXIS adds or subtracts 360*K.)
+C
+C -- DNLA is the desired distance of numeric labels from the axis,
+C    positive to the left, negative to the right, of the axis.  The
+C    magnitude of DNLA is the size of the gap between the axis and the
+C    nearest edge of a label, expressed as a fraction of the smaller
+C    dimension of the curve window.  See also RFNL, below.
+C
+C -- WCLM and WCLE are the desired widths of characters in the mantissa
+C    or the exponent, respectively, of numeric labels, expressed as a
+C    fraction of the smaller dimension of the curve window.  See also
+C    RFNL, below.
+C
+C -- RFNL is a reduction factor, used as a multiplier for DNLA, WCLM,
+C    and WCLE.  If ITST .NE. 0, RFNL is initially set to 1. - then, if
+C    ITST .EQ. 2 or 4, it is reset as necessary to shrink the labels.
+C
+C -- MCIM and MCIE specify the maximum number of characters in the
+C    mantissa and exponent, respectively, of a numeric label.  These
+C    are input parameters if ITST .EQ. 0, output parameters otherwise.
+C
+C -- WNLL, WNLR, WNLB, and WNLE are the widths of numeric-label strips
+C    on the left side, on the right side, at the beginning, and at the
+C    end, of the axis.  These are both input and output parameters of
+C    AGAXIS.  On input, they specify the amount of space available for
+C    numeric labels - on output, they specify the amount of space used
+C    (if ITST .EQ. 0) or required (if ITST .NE. 0).  Each is stated as
+C    a fraction of either the width or the height of the curve window,
+C    depending on the orientation of the axis in the curve window.
+C
+C The following common block contains other AUTOGRAPH variables, both
+C real and integer, which are not control parameters.  The only ones
+C actually used here are ISLD, MWCM, MWCE, and MDLA.  ISLD is a solid-
+C line dash pattern (sixteen one bits).  MWCM, MWCE, and MDLA specify
+C the minimum allowed values of the width of a character in a label
+C mantissa, the width of a character in a label exponent, and the
+C distance of a label from the axis.  All are in plotter coordinate
+C units.
+C
+      COMMON /AGORIP/ SMRL , ISLD , MWCL,MWCM,MWCE,MDLA,MWCD,MWDQ ,
+     +                INIF
+C
+C The AUTOGRAPH function AGFPBN is of type integer.
+C
+      INTEGER AGFPBN
+C
+C Local data required are as follows:
+C
+C BFRM is a buffer in which the routine AGNUMB returns the characters of
+C a label mantissa.  CTMP holds a sub-string from an AGPWRT call.
+C
+      CHARACTER*40 BFRM
+      CHARACTER*40 CTMP
+C
+C BFRE is a buffer in which the routine AGNUMB returns the characters of
+C a label exponent.
+C
+      CHARACTER*5 BFRE
+C
+C XMJT, YMJT, XMNT, and YMNT are used to hold x and y offsets to the
+C endpoints of left-of-label and right-of-label portions of major and
+C minor tick marks.
+C
+      DIMENSION XMJT(4),YMJT(4),XMNT(4),YMNT(4)
+C
+C SMJP is the minimum distance allowed between major tick marks, in
+C plotter coordinate units.
+C
+      DATA SMJP / 4. /
+C
+C FBGM, FBGP, FNDM, and FNDP are the coordinates of points a little on
+C either side of the beginning and end of the axis, as fractions of the
+C distance along the axis.
+C
+      DATA FBGM / -0.000001 /
+      DATA FBGP / +0.000001 /
+      DATA FNDM / +0.999999 /
+      DATA FNDP / +1.000001 /
+C
+C HCFW is an arithmetic statement function specifying the height of a
+C character as a function of its width (not counting "white space").
+C The value of the multiplier was determined heuristically, by trying
+C various values and seeing which gave the best results.
+C
+      HCFW(WDTH)=1.25*WDTH
+C
+C *-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+C
+C This is the initialization section of AGAXIS.
+C
+C Unpack integer values from floating-point arguments.
+C
+      ITST=IFIX(QTST)
+      ISPA=IFIX(QSPA)
+      LLUA=IFIX(QLUA)
+      NBTP=IFIX(QBTP)
+      NMNT=IFIX(QMNT)
+      NLTP=IFIX(QLTP)
+      NLEX=IFIX(QLEX)
+      NLFL=IFIX(QLFL)
+      NLOF=IFIX(QLOF)
+      NLOS=IFIX(QLOS)
+      MCIM=IFIX(QCIM)
+      MCIE=IFIX(QCIE)
+C
+C Initialize the local flags which specify what entities to draw, using
+C values appropriate for the following quick exit.
+C
+      LDAX=1-ISPA
+      LDNL=0
+      LDMN=0
+C
+C If AGAXIS is to draw only the axis, exit immediately.
+C
+      IF (ITST.LT.0) GO TO 800
+C
+C If either NBTP or BASE is zeroed, exit immediately.
+C
+      IF (NBTP.EQ.0.OR.BASE.EQ.0.) GO TO 800
+C
+C Re-initialize the flag controlling the drawing of numeric labels.
+C
+      IF (NLTP.NE.0) LDNL=1
+C
+C If this is not a test run, skip.
+C
+      IF (ITST.EQ.0) GO TO 101
+C
+C This is a test run - exit if there are no numeric labels.
+C
+      IF (LDNL.EQ.0) GO TO 800
+C
+C This is a test run and the axis is to have numeric labels - initialize
+C the numeric-label orientation and sizing parameters.  Clobber drawing.
+C
+      NLOF=MOD(NLOF+3600,360)
+      NLOS=MOD(NLOS+3600,360)
+      RFNL=1.
+      MCIM=0
+      MCIE=0
+      LDMJ=0
+      LDMN=0
+C
+C The main body of the initialization follows.
+C
+C Compute the length of the smaller side of the curve window, in the
+C plotter coordinate system.
+C
+  101 SCWP=AMIN1(WCWP,HCWP)
+C
+C Compute a set of direction numbers for the axis, in the curve-window
+C coordinate system (the change in x and y from the beginning to the
+C end of the axis).
+C
+      XDNA=XNDA-XBGA
+      YDNA=YNDA-YBGA
+C
+C Compute the length of the axis in the plotter coordinate system and
+C its direction cosines.
+C
+      XDNP=XDNA*WCWP
+      YDNP=YDNA*HCWP
+      AXLP=SQRT(XDNP*XDNP+YDNP*YDNP)
+      XDCA=XDNP/AXLP
+      YDCA=YDNP/AXLP
+C
+C Compute the axis orientation angle, in degrees counter-clockwise.
+C
+      IAOR=MOD(IFIX(57.2957795130823*ATAN2(YDCA,XDCA)+3600.5),360)
+C
+C Compute the multiplicative constants required to convert a fraction of
+C the axis length to a fraction of the width or height of the curve
+C window (a distance in x or y).
+C
+      CFAX=AXLP/WCWP
+      CFAY=AXLP/HCWP
+C
+C Compute the multiplicative constants required to convert a fraction of
+C the axis length to a fraction of the along-axis and perpendicular-to-
+C axis sides of the curve window.
+C
+      CFAA=ABS(XDCA*CFAX+YDCA*CFAY)
+      CFAP=ABS(XDCA*CFAY+YDCA*CFAX)
+C
+C Compute the quantities (UBEG) and (UDIF) for AGFTOL.
+C
+      IF (LLUA.NE.0) GO TO 102
+C
+      UBEG=UBGA
+      UDIF=UNDA-UBGA
+      GO TO 103
+C
+  102 UBEG=ALOG10(UBGA)
+      UDIF=ALOG10(UNDA)-UBEG
+C
+C SMJT and SMNT are fractions of the axis length and specify the minimum
+C space which must be available between two major ticks before the major
+C ticks themselves or the minor ticks between them, respectively, may be
+C drawn.
+C
+  103 SMJT=SMJP/AXLP
+      SMNT=SMJT*FLOAT(NMNT+1)
+C
+C Initialize the fractional numeric-label character heights.
+C
+      FHCM=0.
+      FHCE=0.
+C
+C If the axis has no numeric labels, skip the following code.
+C
+      IF (LDNL.EQ.0) GO TO 104
+C
+C Zero the numeric-label offset.
+C
+      FNLO=0.
+C
+C The numeric-label parameters are computed by an internal procedure
+C (which see, below).
+C
+      ASSIGN 104 TO JMP3
+      GO TO 500
+C
+C If this is a test run, skip the following code.
+C
+  104 IF (ITST.NE.0) GO TO 200
+C
+C This is not a test run.  First, set up the tick-mark parameters.
+C
+C Compute the multiplicative constant required to convert a fraction of
+C the smaller dimension of the grid to a fraction of the axis length.
+C
+      CSFA=SCWP/AXLP
+C
+C Compute the widths of the left and right portions of the numeric-label
+C space as fractions of the axis length, affixing an appropriate sign.
+C
+      FNLL=-WNLL/CFAP
+      FNLR=+WNLR/CFAP
+C
+C Compute a jump parameter to sort out the axis orientations.
+C
+      JAOR=1+IAOR/90
+C
+C The routine AGCTKO is used to compute the rest of the tick parameters.
+C
+      CALL AGCTKO (XBGA,YBGA,XDCA,YDCA,CFAX,CFAY,CSFA,JAOR,   1,QJDP,
+     +             WMJL,WMJR,FNLL,FNLR,MJ12,MJ34,XMJT,YMJT)
+C
+      CALL AGCTKO (XBGA,YBGA,XDCA,YDCA,CFAX,CFAY,CSFA,JAOR,NMNT,QNDP,
+     +             WMNL,WMNR,FNLL,FNLR,MN12,MN34,XMNT,YMNT)
+C
+C Set the flags controlling the drawing of tick marks.
+C
+      LDMJ=MJ12+MJ34
+      LDMN=MN12+MN34
+      LDLR=-(LDMJ+LDMN)
+C
+C If no numeric labels are to be drawn, skip the following code.
+C
+      IF (LDNL.EQ.0) GO TO 117
+C
+C Numeric labels are to be drawn.  Precompute parameters which will be
+C used to position labels relative to the axis.
+C
+C Compute the widths and heights of the longest possible label mantissa
+C and exponent, as fractions of the length of the axis.
+C
+      FWLM=FLOAT(MCIM)*FWCM
+      FWLE=FLOAT(MCIE)*FWCE
+      FHLM=FHCM
+      FHLE=FHCE
+      IF (MCIE.EQ.0) FHLE=0.
+C
+C Jump on the label-to-axis orientation.
+C
+      GO TO (105,106,107,108) , JLAO
+C
+C Label is at a 0-degree angle to the axis.
+C
+  105 FBLP=-FHLM
+      GO TO 109
+C
+C Label is at a 90-degree angle to the axis.
+C
+  106 FBLA=0.
+      FBLQ=-FWLM-FWLE
+      GO TO 110
+C
+C Label is at a 180-degree angle to the axis.
+C
+  107 FBLP=FHLM+FHLE
+      GO TO 109
+C
+C Label is at a 270-degree angle to the axis.
+C
+  108 FBLA=0.
+      FBLQ=FWLM+FWLE
+      GO TO 110
+C
+C Label is parallel to the axis.
+C
+  109 FNLW=FHLM+.5*FHLE
+      FBLQ=0.
+      GO TO 111
+C
+C Label is perpendicular to the axis.
+C
+  110 FNLW=FWLM+FWLE
+      FBLP=0.
+C
+C If the labels will not fit in the space provided, clobber them.
+C
+  111 IF (.999999*FNLW.LT.FNLR-FNLL) GO TO 112
+C
+      LDNL=0
+      GO TO 117
+C
+C Jump on the signed value of the numeric-label distance from the axis.
+C
+  112 IF (DNLA) 113,114,115
+C
+C Labels are to the right of the axis.
+C
+  113 FNLC=FDLA+.5*FNLW
+      FBLP=FDLA+.5*ABS(FBLP-FHLE)
+      FBLQ=FDLA+.5*ABS(FBLQ+FWLM-FWLE)
+      GO TO 116
+C
+C Labels are centered on the axis.
+C
+  114 FNLC=0.
+      FBLP=0.
+      FBLQ=0.
+      GO TO 116
+C
+C Labels are to the left of the axis.
+C
+  115 FNLC=-(FDLA+.5*FNLW)
+      FBLP=-(FDLA+.5*ABS(FBLP))
+      FBLQ=-(FDLA+.5*ABS(FBLQ-FWLM+FWLE))
+C
+  116 FNLO=.5*(FNLL+FNLR)-FNLC
+C
+C If the axis would pass through the offset labels, clobber it.
+C
+      IF (FNLL*FNLR.LT.0.) LDAX=0
+C
+C Jump to draw numeric labels and/or tick marks.
+C
+      GO TO 200
+C
+C No numeric labels are to be drawn.  If no tick marks are to be drawn
+C either, exit.
+C
+  117 IF (LDLR.EQ.0) GO TO 800
+C
+C *-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+C
+C The following code directs the process of tick-marking and labelling
+C the axis, using the internal procedures which follow it.  If the
+C label-coordinate-system value 0 maps onto the axis, tick-marking and
+C labelling are done in two passes, one starting at 0 and proceeding
+C in a positive direction and the other starting at 0 and proceeding
+C in a negative direction.  If the label-coordinate-system value 0 does
+C not map onto the axis, only one pass is required.
+C
+C First, determine the label-coordinate-system values VBGM and VNDP at
+C the points FBGM and FNDP, a little beyond the ends of the axis.
+C
+  200 CALL AGFTOL (IAXS,1,FBGM,VBGM,DUMI,LLUA,UBEG,UDIF,FUNS,NBTP,BASE)
+      CALL AGFTOL (IAXS,1,FNDP,VNDP,DUMI,LLUA,UBEG,UDIF,FUNS,NBTP,BASE)
+C
+C If zero falls on the axis, jump to the two-pass section of the code.
+C
+      IF (VBGM*VNDP.LE.0.) GO TO 201
+C
+C We may tick-mark and label the axis in a single pass.  Compute an
+C appropriate starting value for the exponent/multiplier EXMU.
+C
+      SBSE=SIGN(BASE,VBGM)
+      CALL AGFTOL (IAXS,2,FBGM,EBGM,DUMI,LLUA,UBEG,UDIF,FUNS,NBTP,SBSE)
+      CALL AGFTOL (IAXS,2,FNDP,ENDP,DUMI,LLUA,UBEG,UDIF,FUNS,NBTP,SBSE)
+      EXMU=AMIN1(EBGM,ENDP)
+      EXMU=EXMU-AMOD(EXMU,1.)+.5+SIGN(.5,EXMU)
+C
+C Set the numeric-label-space limits for the beginning and end of the
+C axis.
+C
+      FNLB=FBGM-WNLB/CFAA-.5*(FHCM+FHCE)
+      FNLE=FNDP+WNLE/CFAA+.5*(FHCM+FHCE)
+C
+C Jump to an internal procedure to tick-mark and label the axis.  Return
+C from there to the termination section of AGAXIS.
+C
+      ASSIGN 800 TO JMP1
+      GO TO 300
+C
+C Tick marks and labels must be done in two passes.  First, draw the
+C tick mark and/or label at the zero position in the label system, using
+C an internal procedure below.  A number of parameters must be preset.
+C
+  201 CALL AGFTOL (IAXS,-1,0.,FRAX,VLCS,LLUA,UBEG,UDIF,FUNS,NBTP,BASE)
+C
+C Determine whether label is to be drawn or not.
+C
+      LDLB=0
+      IF (LDNL.EQ.0) GO TO 202
+      LDLB=1
+C
+C The mantissa portion of the label consists of the single character 0.
+C
+      BFRM(1:1)='0'
+      NCIM=1
+      IPXM=0
+C
+C The label has no exponent portion.
+C
+      NCIE=0
+C
+C Allow the user to change the numeric label.
+C
+      CALL AGCHNL (IAXS,VLCS,BFRM,40,NCIM,IPXM,BFRE,5,NCIE)
+C
+C Compute the length of the mantissa, the exponent, and the whole label.
+C
+      FLLM=FLOAT(NCIM)*FWCM
+      FLLE=FLOAT(NCIE)*FWCE
+      FLLB=FLLM+FLLE
+C
+C The numeric-label space begins and ends at impossible values.
+C
+      FNLB=-10.
+      FNLE=+10.
+C
+C Force the labeler to update FNLB, rather than FNLE.
+C
+      FDIR=1.
+C
+C Jump to an internal procedure to draw the label and/or the tick mark.
+C
+  202 ASSIGN 203 TO JMP2
+      GO TO 400
+C
+C Save the position of the zero-point (FRAX, expressed as a fraction of
+C the axis length) and preset the parameter DZRT, which is the minimum
+C distance from the zero-point at which a major tick mark could occur,
+C and the parameter DZRL, which is the minimum distance from the zero-
+C point at which a label could occur.  Set the label-space limit FNLE.
+C Preset the internal-procedure exit parameter JMP1.
+C
+  203 ASSIGN 205 TO JMP1
+      FZRO=FRAX
+      DZRT=AMAX1(SMJT,1.6*FLOAT(LDNL)*FHCM)
+      IF (LDNL.EQ.0) GO TO 204
+      DZRL=FNLB-FZRO
+      FNLE=FNDP+WNLE/CFAA+.5*(FHCM+FHCE)
+C
+C Do the portion of the axis lying in the direction specified by DZRT.
+C If it is too short, skip it entirely.
+C
+  204 FRAX=FZRO+DZRT
+      IF (FRAX.LT.FBGM.OR.FRAX.GT.FNDP) GO TO JMP1 , (205,800)
+C
+C Find out whether BASE must be negated for this portion.
+C
+      CALL AGFTOL (IAXS,1,FRAX,VLCS,DUMI,LLUA,UBEG,UDIF,FUNS,NBTP,BASE)
+      SBSE=SIGN(BASE,VLCS)
+C
+C Compute a starting value of the exponent/multiplier EXMU.
+C
+      CALL AGFTOL (IAXS,2,FRAX,EXMU,DUMI,LLUA,UBEG,UDIF,FUNS,NBTP,SBSE)
+      EXMU=EXMU-AMOD(EXMU,1.)+.5+SIGN(.5,EXMU)
+C
+C Jump to an internal procedure to draw the tick marks and/or labels.
+C
+      GO TO 300
+C
+C Set up to do the second portion of the axis, then go do it.
+C
+  205 ASSIGN 800 TO JMP1
+      DZRT=-DZRT
+      IF (LDNL.EQ.0) GO TO 204
+      FNLB=FBGM-WNLB/CFAA-.5*(FHCM+FHCE)
+      FNLE=FZRO-DZRL
+      GO TO 204
+C
+C *-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+C
+C The following is an internal procedure, exited via the assigned-go-to
+C variable JMP1.  Its purpose is to tick-mark and label a portion of the
+C axis (perhaps the entire axis) at positions determined by consecutive
+C values of the parameter EXMU.  It prevents tick marks from piling up
+C or passing through the label space and prevents overlapping of labels.
+C Tick marks are drawn alternately from left to right or vice-versa.
+C
+C The caller has provided an initial value of EXMU, but we must consider
+C possible minor tick marks in the interval (EXMU-1.,EXMU).
+C
+  300 EXMU=EXMU-1.
+C
+C Compute FRAX, which is the fractional distance along the axis, and
+C VLCS, which is the value in the label coordinate system corresponding
+C to the current value of EXMU.
+C
+      CALL AGFTOL (IAXS,-2,EXMU,FRAX,VLCS,LLUA,UBEG,UDIF,FUNS,NBTP,SBSE)
+C
+C Move the current values of EXMU, FRAX, and VLCS to ELST, FLST, and
+C VLST, specifying the last values of these parameters.  Then increment
+C EXMU by 1. and recompute FRAX and VLCS.  (The loop through consecutive
+C values of EXMU begins here.)
+C
+  301 ELST=EXMU
+      FLST=FRAX
+      VLST=VLCS
+C
+      EXMU=EXMU+1.
+      CALL AGFTOL (IAXS,-2,EXMU,FRAX,VLCS,LLUA,UBEG,UDIF,FUNS,NBTP,SBSE)
+C
+C FDIR indicates the direction, FDST the magnitude, of step along axis.
+C
+      FDIR=FRAX-FLST
+      FDST=ABS(FDIR)
+C
+C Draw minor tick marks, if any, in the interval (FLST,FRAX).
+C
+      IF (LDMN.EQ.0.OR.FDST.LT.SMNT) GO TO 304
+C
+C Use the dashed-line pattern for minor tick marks.
+C
+      CALL DASHDB (AGFPBN(QNDP))
+C
+C Minor tick marks are equally spaced in the label-coordinate system.
+C
+      VINC=(VLCS-VLST)/FLOAT(NMNT+1)
+C
+      DO 303 I=1,NMNT
+        VMNT=VLST+VINC*FLOAT(I)
+        CALL AGFTOL (IAXS,-1,VMNT,FMNT,DUMI,LLUA,UBEG,UDIF,FUNS,NBTP,
+     +                                                             SBSE)
+        IF (FMNT.LT.FBGP.OR.FMNT.GT.FNDM) GO TO 303
+        XPAX=XBGA+FMNT*XDNA
+        YPAX=YBGA+FMNT*YDNA
+        LDLR=-LDLR
+        IF (LDLR.LT.0) GO TO 302
+        CALL AGCHAX (0,IAXS,3,VMNT)
+        IF (MN12.NE.0) CALL LINED (XPAX+XMNT(1),YPAX+YMNT(1),
+     +                             XPAX+XMNT(2),YPAX+YMNT(2))
+        IF (MN34.NE.0) CALL LINED (XPAX+XMNT(3),YPAX+YMNT(3),
+     +                             XPAX+XMNT(4),YPAX+YMNT(4))
+        CALL AGCHAX (1,IAXS,3,VMNT)
+        GO TO 303
+  302   CALL AGCHAX (0,IAXS,3,VMNT)
+        IF (MN34.NE.0) CALL LINED (XPAX+XMNT(4),YPAX+YMNT(4),
+     +                             XPAX+XMNT(3),YPAX+YMNT(3))
+        IF (MN12.NE.0) CALL LINED (XPAX+XMNT(2),YPAX+YMNT(2),
+     +                             XPAX+XMNT(1),YPAX+YMNT(1))
+        CALL AGCHAX (1,IAXS,3,VMNT)
+  303 CONTINUE
+C
+C If the end of the axis has been reached, return to caller.
+C
+  304 IF (FRAX.LT.FBGM.OR.FRAX.GT.FNDP) GO TO JMP1 , (205,800)
+C
+C Draw the major tick mark and/or the numeric label at FRAX.
+C
+      IF (FDST.LT.SMJT) GO TO 301
+      LDLB=0
+      IF (LDNL.EQ.0) GO TO 305
+      CALL AGNUMB (NBTP,SBSE,EXMU,NLTP,NLEX,NLFL,BFRM,40,NCIM,IPXM,BFRE,
+     +                                                           5,NCIE)
+      CALL AGCHNL (IAXS,VLCS,BFRM,40,NCIM,IPXM,BFRE,5,NCIE)
+C
+C If this is not a test run, mantissa and exponent length are checked.
+C
+      IF (ITST.EQ.0.AND.(NCIM.GT.MCIM.OR.NCIE.GT.MCIE)) GO TO 305
+      LDLB=1
+      FLLM=FLOAT(NCIM)*FWCM
+      FLLE=FLOAT(NCIE)*FWCE
+      FLLB=FLLM+FLLE
+C
+C Use the next internal procedure to draw the major tick and/or label.
+C
+  305 ASSIGN 301 TO JMP2
+C
+C *-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+C
+C The following is an internal procedure, exited via the assigned-go-to
+C variable JMP2.  Its purpose is to draw the major tick mark and/or the
+C numeric label at a specified point on the axis or, if ITST is .NE. 0,
+C to predict the amount of space which will be required for such items.
+C
+C Jump if no label is to be drawn.
+C
+  400 IF (LDLB.EQ.0.OR.NCIM.LE.0) GO TO 410
+C
+C See if the label will fit without overlapping another label.  To do
+C this, first compute its fractional length along the axis (FLAA).
+C
+      GO TO (401,402,401,402) , JLAO
+C
+C Label is parallel to the axis.  Allow for inter-label spacing.
+C
+  401 FLAA=FLLB+FWCM
+      GO TO 403
+C
+C Label is perpendicular to the axis.  Ignore exponent portion.
+C
+  402 FLAA=1.6*FHCM
+C
+C Compute the fractional coordinates of the endpoints of the label
+C (along the axis) and see if it will fit in the available label space.
+C
+  403 FLBB=FRAX-.5*FLAA
+      FLBE=FRAX+.5*FLAA
+C
+      IF (FLBB.GE.FNLB.AND.FLBE.LE.FNLE) GO TO 407
+C
+C Label will not fit.  Omit it or, if this is a test run, see if any
+C remedial action is to be taken.
+C
+      LDLB=0
+      IF (ITST.EQ.0) GO TO 411
+C
+C This is a test run and we have two consecutive labels which overlap.
+C See what can be done about it.
+C
+      GO TO (424,404,406,404) , ITST
+C
+C We are allowed to shrink the labels.  See if they are minimum-size
+C already.  If so, the only other possibility is to re-orient them.
+C
+  404 IF (IWCM.LE.MWCM.AND.IWCE.LE.MWCE.AND.IDLA.LE.MDLA) GO TO 405
+C
+C If not, shrink them by an amount based on the extent of the overlap,
+C reset the parameters affected, and start from square one.
+C
+      RFNL=AMIN1(.9,FDST/(FDST+AMAX1(FNLB-FLBB,FLBE-FNLE)))*RFNL
+      MCIM=0
+      MCIE=0
+      ASSIGN 200 TO JMP3
+      GO TO 500
+C
+C If labels have already been shrunk to minimum size, see if we can
+C re-orient them.  If not, at least continue with finding the maximum
+C mantissa and exponent lengths.
+C
+  405 IF (ITST.NE.4) GO TO 424
+C
+C Try re-orienting the labels.  If this has already been tried, or it it
+C would be pointless, skip it, but continue with finding the maximum
+C mantissa and exponent lengths.
+C
+  406 IF (NLOF.LT.0.OR.NLOS.EQ.NLOF.OR.JLAO.EQ.2.OR.JLAO.EQ.4) GO TO 424
+C
+C If re-orienting makes sense, reset the appropriate parameters and
+C start from square one.
+C
+      NLOF=NLOF-360
+      RFNL=1.
+      MCIM=0
+      MCIE=0
+      ASSIGN 200 TO JMP3
+      GO TO 500
+C
+C Label will fit.  Update the label space limits for next time.
+C
+  407 IF (FDIR.GE.0.) GO TO 408
+      FNLE=FLBB
+      GO TO 409
+  408 FNLB=FLBE
+C
+C If this is not just a test shot, go off and draw the tick mark/label.
+C
+  409 IF (ITST.EQ.0) GO TO 411
+C
+C If this is a test shot, update the maximum mantissa and exponent
+C lengths being generated and exit from this internal procedure.
+C
+      MCIM=MAX0(MCIM,NCIM)
+      MCIE=MAX0(MCIE,NCIE)
+      GO TO 424
+C
+C No label is to be drawn.  If this is a test shot, exit from this
+C internal procedure without drawing the tick mark.
+C
+  410 IF (ITST.NE.0) GO TO 424
+C
+C Compute x and y coordinates of current axis point.
+C
+  411 XPAX=XBGA+FRAX*XDNA
+      YPAX=YBGA+FRAX*YDNA
+C
+C Jump if no major tick-mark is to be drawn.  Otherwise, set up the
+C dash pattern for major tick-marks.
+C
+      IF (LDMJ.EQ.0) GO TO 414
+      CALL DASHDB (AGFPBN(QJDP))
+C
+C Flip the left-to-right/right-to-left direction flag.
+C
+      LDLR=-LDLR
+C
+C Draw the first portion of the tick mark.
+C
+      IF (LDLR) 413,414,412
+C
+  412 IF (MJ12.NE.0) THEN
+        CALL AGCHAX (0,IAXS,2,VLCS)
+        CALL LINED (XPAX+XMJT(1),YPAX+YMJT(1),XPAX+XMJT(2),YPAX+YMJT(2))
+        CALL AGCHAX (1,IAXS,2,VLCS)
+      END IF
+      GO TO 414
+C
+  413 IF (MJ34.NE.0) THEN
+        CALL AGCHAX (0,IAXS,2,VLCS)
+        CALL LINED (XPAX+XMJT(4),YPAX+YMJT(4),XPAX+XMJT(3),YPAX+YMJT(3))
+        CALL AGCHAX (1,IAXS,2,VLCS)
+      END IF
+C
+C Draw the label, if any.
+C
+  414 IF (LDLB.EQ.0.OR.NCIM.LE.0) GO TO 421
+C
+C Compute the distances from (XPAX,YPAX) to the beginning of the label -
+C along the axis (FBLA) and perpendicular to the axis (FBLP).  Each is a
+C directed distance whose magnitude represents a fraction of the length
+C of the axis.  The values depend on the label/axis orientation and the
+C distance of the label from the axis.  In some cases, these quantities,
+C or portions of them, have already been computed.
+C
+      GO TO (415,416,417,418) , JLAO
+C
+C Label is at a 0-degree angle to the axis.
+C
+  415 FBLA=-.5*FLLB
+      GO TO 419
+C
+C Label is at a 90-degree angle to the axis.
+C
+  416 FBLP=FBLQ+FLLM
+      IF (DNLA.EQ.0.) FBLP=.5*FLLB
+      GO TO 419
+C
+C Label is at a 180-degree angle to the axis.
+C
+  417 FBLA=.5*FLLB
+      GO TO 419
+C
+C Label is at a 270-degree angle to the axis.
+C
+  418 FBLP=FBLQ-FLLM
+      IF (DNLA.EQ.0.) FBLP=-.5*FLLB
+C
+C Draw the mantissa portion of the label (excluding the "X", if any).
+C
+  419 DEEX=FBLA*XDCA+(FBLP+FNLO)*YDCA
+      DEEY=FBLA*YDCA-(FBLP+FNLO)*XDCA
+      CALL AGCHAX (0,IAXS,4,VLCS)
+      IF (IPXM.EQ.0) THEN
+        CALL AGPWRT (XPAX+CFAX*DEEX,
+     +               YPAX+CFAY*DEEY,BFRM,NCIM,IWCM,NLOR,-1)
+      ELSE
+        CALL AGPWRT (XPAX+CFAX*(DEEX+(FLLM-3.*FWCM)*XDCL),
+     +               YPAX+CFAY*(DEEY+(FLLM-3.*FWCM)*YDCL),
+     +               BFRM,IPXM-1,IWCM,NLOR,+1)
+        CTMP=BFRM(IPXM+1:NCIM)
+        CALL AGPWRT (XPAX+CFAX*(DEEX+(FLLM-2.*FWCM)*XDCL),
+     +               YPAX+CFAY*(DEEY+(FLLM-2.*FWCM)*YDCL),
+     +               CTMP,NCIM-IPXM,IWCM,NLOR,-1)
+      END IF
+      DEEX=DEEX+FLLM*XDCL
+      DEEY=DEEY+FLLM*YDCL
+C
+C Draw the "X" portion of the mantissa, if it was left out above.
+C
+      IF (IPXM.EQ.0) GO TO 420
+      DEEX=DEEX-2.5*FWCM*XDCL
+      DEEY=DEEY-2.5*FWCM*YDCL
+      CALL LINE (XPAX+CFAX*(DEEX-.3*FWCM*(XDCL-YDCL)),
+     +           YPAX+CFAY*(DEEY-.3*FWCM*(YDCL+XDCL)),
+     +           XPAX+CFAX*(DEEX+.3*FWCM*(XDCL-YDCL)),
+     +           YPAX+CFAY*(DEEY+.3*FWCM*(YDCL+XDCL)))
+      CALL LINE (XPAX+CFAX*(DEEX-.3*FWCM*(XDCL+YDCL)),
+     +           YPAX+CFAY*(DEEY-.3*FWCM*(YDCL-XDCL)),
+     +           XPAX+CFAX*(DEEX+.3*FWCM*(XDCL+YDCL)),
+     +           YPAX+CFAY*(DEEY+.3*FWCM*(YDCL-XDCL)))
+      DEEX=DEEX+2.5*FWCM*XDCL
+      DEEY=DEEY+2.5*FWCM*YDCL
+  420 CALL AGCHAX (1,IAXS,4,VLCS)
+C
+C Draw the exponent portion of the label (if it has one).
+C
+      IF (NCIE.EQ.0) GO TO 421
+      DEEX=DEEX-.5*FHCM*YDCL
+      DEEY=DEEY+.5*FHCM*XDCL
+      CALL AGCHAX (0,IAXS,5,VLCS)
+      CALL AGPWRT (XPAX+CFAX*DEEX,YPAX+CFAY*DEEY,BFRE,NCIE,IWCE,NLOR,-1)
+      CALL AGCHAX (1,IAXS,5,VLCS)
+C
+C Draw the second portion of the tick mark, if any.
+C
+  421 IF (LDLR) 423,424,422
+C
+  422 IF (MJ34.NE.0) THEN
+        CALL AGCHAX (0,IAXS,2,VLCS)
+        CALL LINED (XPAX+XMJT(3),YPAX+YMJT(3),XPAX+XMJT(4),YPAX+YMJT(4))
+        CALL AGCHAX (1,IAXS,2,VLCS)
+      END IF
+      GO TO 424
+C
+  423 IF (MJ12.NE.0) THEN
+        CALL AGCHAX (0,IAXS,2,VLCS)
+        CALL LINED (XPAX+XMJT(2),YPAX+YMJT(2),XPAX+XMJT(1),YPAX+YMJT(1))
+        CALL AGCHAX (1,IAXS,2,VLCS)
+      END IF
+C
+C Exit from internal procedure.
+C
+  424 GO TO JMP2 , (203,301)
+C
+C *-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+C
+C The following is an internal procedure, exited via the assigned-go-to
+C variable JMP3.  Its purpose is to compute all numeric-label parameters
+C required by AGAXIS.
+C
+C Compute the desired label orientation and its direction cosines.
+C
+  500 NLOR=NLOF
+      IF (NLOR.LT.0) NLOR=NLOS
+C
+      XDCL=COS(.017453292519943*FLOAT(NLOR))
+      YDCL=SIN(.017453292519943*FLOAT(NLOR))
+C
+C Compute JLAO, which is a computed-go-to jump parameter specifying the
+C label-to-axis orientation.
+C
+      JLAO=1+MOD(NLOR-IAOR+3600,360)/90
+C
+C Compute the width of a character in the label mantissa, the width of a
+C character in the label exponent, and the distance of a label from the
+C axis, in the plotter coordinate system.
+C
+      IWCM=MAX0(MWCM,IFIX(RFNL*ABS(WCLM)*SCWP+.5))
+      IWCE=MAX0(MWCE,IFIX(RFNL*ABS(WCLE)*SCWP+.5))
+      IDLA=MAX0(MDLA,IFIX(RFNL*ABS(DNLA)*SCWP+.5))
+C
+C Compute the same quantities as fractions of the axis length.
+C
+      FWCM=FLOAT(IWCM)/AXLP
+      FWCE=FLOAT(IWCE)/AXLP
+      FDLA=FLOAT(IDLA)/AXLP
+C
+C Compute character heights as fractions of the axis length.
+C
+      FHCM=HCFW(FWCM)
+      FHCE=HCFW(FWCE)
+C
+C Return to internal-procedure caller.
+C
+      GO TO JMP3 , (104,200,801)
+C
+C *-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+C
+C This is the termination section of AGAXIS.
+C
+C Update the parameters WNLL and WNLR to reflect the amount of space
+C used/needed for numeric labels to the left and right of the axis.
+C
+  800 IF (LDNL.NE.0) GO TO 801
+C
+C No numeric labels occur on the axis.  Zero WNLL and WNLR and jump.
+C
+      WNLL=0.
+      WNLR=0.
+      GO TO 815
+C
+C Numeric labels do occur on the axis.  Compute the space required.
+C
+  801 GO TO (802,803,802,803) , JLAO
+C
+C Labels are parallel to the axis.
+C
+  802 FNLW=FHCM
+      IF (MCIE.NE.0) FNLW=FNLW+.5*FHCE
+      GO TO 804
+C
+C Labels are perpendicular to the axis.
+C
+  803 FNLW=FLOAT(MCIM)*FWCM+FLOAT(MCIE)*FWCE
+C
+C Jump on the numeric-label-distance-from-axis parameter DNLA.
+C
+  804 IF (DNLA) 805,806,807
+C
+C Labels are to the right of the axis.
+C
+  805 FNLL=-FDLA
+      FNLR=+FDLA+FNLW
+      GO TO 808
+C
+C Labels are centered on the axis.
+C
+  806 FNLL=+.5*FNLW
+      FNLR=+.5*FNLW
+      GO TO 808
+C
+C Labels are to the left of the axis.
+C
+  807 FNLL=+FDLA+FNLW
+      FNLR=-FDLA
+C
+C Adjust FNLL and FNLR as implied by the numeric-label offset.
+C
+  808 FNLL=FNLL-FNLO
+      FNLR=FNLR+FNLO
+C
+C If this is not a test run, jump to reset WNLL and WNLR.
+C
+      IF (ITST.EQ.0) GO TO 814
+C
+C If this is a test run, see if the labels will fit.  Jump if so.
+C
+      IF (CFAP*FNLL.LE.WNLL.AND.CFAP*FNLR.LE.WNLR) GO TO 814
+C
+C If the labels will not fit, we have a problem.  We may or may not be
+C able to do anything about it, depending on ITST.
+C
+      GO TO (814,809,813,809) , ITST
+C
+C We are allowed to shrink the labels.  See if they are minimum-size
+C already.  If so, the only other possibility is to re-orient them.
+C
+  809 IF (IWCM.LE.MWCM.AND.IWCE.LE.MWCE.AND.IDLA.LE.MDLA) GO TO 812
+C
+C If not, shrink them by an amount based on the extent of the problem,
+C reset the parameters affected and see if the problem is solved.
+C
+      IF (WNLR+WNLL.GT.0.) GO TO 810
+C
+      RFNL=.000001*RFNL
+      GO TO 811
+C
+  810 RFNL=AMIN1(.9,(WNLL+WNLR)/(CFAP*(FNLL+FNLR)))*RFNL
+C
+  811 ASSIGN 801 TO JMP3
+      GO TO 500
+C
+C If labels have already been shrunk to minimum size, see if we can
+C re-orient them.  If not, give up.
+C
+  812 IF (ITST.NE.3) GO TO 814
+C
+C Try re-orienting the labels.  If this has already been tried, or if it
+C would be pointless, give up.
+C
+  813 IF (NLOF.LT.0.OR.NLOS.EQ.NLOF.OR.JLAO.EQ.1.OR.JLAO.EQ.3) GO TO 814
+C
+C If re-orienting makes sense, reset the parameters affected and see if
+C the problem is solved.
+C
+      NLOF=NLOF-360
+      RFNL=1.
+      ASSIGN 801 TO JMP3
+      GO TO 500
+C
+C Reset WNLL and WNLR for caller.
+C
+  814 WNLL=FNLL*CFAP
+      WNLR=FNLR*CFAP
+C
+C If this is a test run, we are now done.
+C
+  815 IF (ITST.GT.0) GO TO 816
+C
+C Draw the axis, if it is to be drawn.
+C
+      IF (LDAX.EQ.0) GO TO 816
+C
+      CALL DASHDB (ISLD)
+      CALL AGCHAX (0,IAXS,1,0.)
+      CALL LINED (XBGA,YBGA,XNDA,YNDA)
+      CALL AGCHAX (1,IAXS,1,0.)
+C
+C Pack up integer values which might have been changed into the
+C corresponding floating-point arguments.
+C
+  816 QLOF=FLOAT(NLOF)
+      QLOS=FLOAT(NLOS)
+      QCIM=FLOAT(MCIM)
+      QCIE=FLOAT(MCIE)
+C
+C Done.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agback.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agback.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..108d2b66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agback.f
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGBACK
+C
+C The subroutine AGBACK is used to draw a graph background, as directed
+C by the current contents of the parameter list.
+C
+C The following common block contains the AUTOGRAPH control parameters,
+C all of which are real.  If it is changed, all of AUTOGRAPH (especially
+C the routine AGSCAN) must be examined for possible side effects.
+C
+      COMMON /AGCONP/ QFRA,QSET,QROW,QIXY,QWND,QBAC , SVAL(2) ,
+     +                XLGF,XRGF,YBGF,YTGF , XLGD,XRGD,YBGD,YTGD , SOGD ,
+     +                XMIN,XMAX,QLUX,QOVX,QCEX,XLOW,XHGH ,
+     +                YMIN,YMAX,QLUY,QOVY,QCEY,YLOW,YHGH ,
+     +                QDAX(4),QSPA(4),PING(4),PINU(4),FUNS(4),QBTD(4),
+     +                BASD(4),QMJD(4),QJDP(4),WMJL(4),WMJR(4),QMND(4),
+     +                QNDP(4),WMNL(4),WMNR(4),QLTD(4),QLED(4),QLFD(4),
+     +                QLOF(4),QLOS(4),DNLA(4),WCLM(4),WCLE(4) ,
+     +                QODP,QCDP,WOCD,WODQ,QDSH(26) ,
+     +                     QDLB,QBIM,FLLB(10,8),QBAN ,
+     +                QLLN,TCLN,QNIM,FLLN(6,16),QNAN ,
+     +                XLGW,XRGW,YBGW,YTGW , XLUW,XRUW,YBUW,YTUW ,
+     +                XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW , WCWP,HCWP,SCWP ,
+     +                XBGA(4),YBGA(4),UBGA(4),XNDA(4),YNDA(4),UNDA(4),
+     +                QBTP(4),BASE(4),QMNT(4),QLTP(4),QLEX(4),QLFL(4),
+     +                QCIM(4),QCIE(4),RFNL(4),WNLL(4),WNLR(4),WNLB(4),
+     +                WNLE(4),QLUA(4) ,
+     +                RBOX(6),DBOX(6,4),SBOX(6,4)
+C
+C The following common block contains other AUTOGRAPH variables, both
+C real and integer, which are not control parameters.
+C
+      COMMON /AGORIP/ SMRL , ISLD , MWCL,MWCM,MWCE,MDLA,MWCD,MWDQ ,
+     +                INIF
+C
+C Declare the block data routine external to force it to load.
+C
+C +NOAO - Block data replaced with run time initialization subroutine.
+C
+C     EXTERNAL AGDFLT
+      call agdflt
+C     
+C -NOAO
+C
+C Do an appropriate SET call for the following routines.  The call is
+C equivalent to "CALL SET (XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW,0.,1.,0.,1.,1)", but
+C makes the viewport cover the whole plotter frame, which avoids the
+C problems resulting from clipping by GKS.
+C
+      CALL SET (0.,1.,0.,1.,-XLCW/(XRCW-XLCW),(1.-XLCW)/(XRCW-XLCW),
+     +                      -YBCW/(YTCW-YBCW),(1.-YBCW)/(YTCW-YBCW),1)
+C
+C Draw the labels, if any, first.
+C
+      IDLB=IFIX(QDLB)
+      IF (IDLB.EQ.0) GO TO 101
+C
+      LBIM=IFIX(QBIM)
+      CALL AGLBLS (IDLB,WCWP,HCWP,FLLB,LBIM,FLLN,DBOX,SBOX,RBOX)
+C
+C Now draw each of the four axes.
+C
+  101 I=0
+C
+  102 I=I+1
+C
+      IF (I.EQ.5) GO TO 108
+C
+      IF (QDAX(I).EQ.0.) GO TO 102
+C
+      GO TO (103,104,105,106) , I
+C
+C Y axis - left.
+C
+  103 WNLB(1)=0.-YBGW
+      IF (XBGA(1)-WNLL(1).LT.DBOX(3,2).AND.
+     +                XBGA(1)+WNLR(1).GT.DBOX(3,1)) WNLB(1)=0.-DBOX(3,4)
+C
+      WNLE(1)=YTGW-1.
+      IF (XBGA(1)-WNLL(1).LT.DBOX(4,2).AND.
+     +                XBGA(1)+WNLR(1).GT.DBOX(4,1)) WNLE(1)=DBOX(4,3)-1.
+C
+      GO TO 107
+C
+C Y axis - right.
+C
+  104 WNLB(2)=YTGW-1.
+      IF (XBGA(2)-WNLR(2).LT.DBOX(4,2).AND.
+     +                XBGA(2)+WNLL(2).GT.DBOX(4,1)) WNLB(2)=DBOX(4,3)-1.
+C
+      WNLE(2)=0.-YBGW
+      IF (XBGA(2)-WNLR(2).LT.DBOX(3,2).AND.
+     +                XBGA(2)+WNLL(2).GT.DBOX(3,1)) WNLE(2)=0.-DBOX(3,4)
+C
+      GO TO 107
+C
+C X axis - bottom.
+C
+  105 WNLB(3)=XRGW-1.
+      IF (YBGA(3)-WNLL(3).LT.DBOX(2,4).AND.
+     +                YBGA(3)+WNLR(3).GT.DBOX(2,3)) WNLB(3)=DBOX(2,1)-1.
+C
+      WNLE(3)=0.-XLGW
+      IF (YBGA(3)-WNLL(3).LT.DBOX(1,4).AND.
+     +                YBGA(3)+WNLR(3).GT.DBOX(1,3)) WNLE(3)=0.-DBOX(1,2)
+C
+      GO TO 107
+C
+C X axis - top.
+C
+  106 WNLB(4)=0.-XLGW
+      IF (YBGA(4)-WNLR(4).LT.DBOX(1,4).AND.
+     +                YBGA(4)+WNLL(4).GT.DBOX(1,3)) WNLB(4)=0.-DBOX(1,2)
+C
+      WNLE(4)=XRGW-1.
+      IF (YBGA(4)-WNLR(4).LT.DBOX(2,4).AND.
+     +                YBGA(4)+WNLL(4).GT.DBOX(2,3)) WNLE(4)=DBOX(2,1)-1.
+C
+  107 Q=AMIN1(0.,QDAX(I))
+C
+      CALL AGAXIS (I,Q,
+     +             QSPA(I),WCWP,HCWP,XBGA(I),YBGA(I),XNDA(I),YNDA(I),
+     +             QLUA(I),UBGA(I),UNDA(I),FUNS(I),QBTP(I),BASE(I),
+     +             QJDP(I),WMJL(I),WMJR(I),QMNT(I),QNDP(I),WMNL(I),
+     +             WMNR(I),QLTP(I),QLEX(I),QLFL(I),QLOF(I),QLOS(I),
+     +             DNLA(I),WCLM(I),WCLE(I),RFNL(I),QCIM(I),QCIE(I),
+     +             WNLL(I),WNLR(I),WNLB(I),WNLE(I))
+C
+      GO TO 102
+C
+C Do set call for user and return.
+C
+  108 CALL SET (XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW,XLUW,XRUW,YBUW,YTUW,
+     +                            1+IABS(IFIX(QLUX))*2+IABS(IFIX(QLUY)))
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agbnch.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agbnch.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..4aee636a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agbnch.f
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      CHARACTER*16 FUNCTION AGBNCH (IDSH)
+C
+C The value of this function is the character-dash-pattern equivalent of
+C the integer dash pattern IDSH, a string of quotes and/or dollar signs.
+C Note that the support routines IAND and ISHIFT are used.
+C
+      KDSH=IDSH
+C
+      DO 101 I=16,1,-1
+        IF (IAND(KDSH,1).EQ.0) THEN
+          AGBNCH(I:I)=''''
+        ELSE
+          AGBNCH(I:I)='$'
+        END IF
+        KDSH=ISHIFT(KDSH,-1)
+  101 CONTINUE
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agchax.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agchax.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..451bce5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agchax.f
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGCHAX (IFLG,IAXS,IPRT,VILS)
+C
+C The routine AGCHAX is called by AGAXIS just before and just after each
+C of a selected set of objects on the axes are drawn.  A user may supply
+C a version to change the appearance of these objects.  The arguments
+C are as follows:
+C
+C - IFLG is zero if a particular object is about to be drawn, non-zero
+C   if it has just been drawn.
+C
+C - IAXS is the number of the axis in question.  The values 1, 2, 3, and
+C   4 imply the right, left, bottom, and top axes, respectively.
+C
+C - IPRT is an integer implying which part of the axis is being drawn.
+C   The value 1 implies the line itself, 2 a major tick, 3 a minor tick,
+C   4 the mantissa of a label, and 5 the exponent of a label.
+C
+C - VILS is the value, in the label coordinate system along the axis,
+C   associated with the position of the object being drawn.  IPRT=1
+C   implies VILS=0.
+C
+C Done.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agchcu.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agchcu.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1364ad28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agchcu.f
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGCHCU (IFLG,KDSH)
+C
+C The routine AGCHCU is called by AGCURV just before and just after each
+C curve is drawn.  The default version does nothing.  A user may supply
+C a version to change the appearance of the curves.  The arguments are
+C as follows:
+C
+C - IFLG is zero if a curve is about to be drawn, non-zero if a curve
+C   has just been drawn.
+C
+C - KDSH is the last argument of AGCURV, as follows:
+C
+C      AGCURV called by   Value of KDSH
+C      ----------------   ----------------------------------------
+C      EZY                1
+C      EZXY               1
+C      EZMY               "n" or "-n", where n is the curve number
+C      EZMXY              "n" or "-n", where n is the curve number
+C      the user program   the user value
+C
+C   The sign of KDSH, when AGCURV is called by EZMY or EZMXY, indicates
+C   whether the "user" dash patterns or the "alphabetic" dash patterns
+C   were selected for use.
+C
+C Done.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agchil.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agchil.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1952cf68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agchil.f
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGCHIL (IFLG,LBNM,LNNO)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) LBNM
+C
+C The routine AGCHIL is called by AGLBLS just before and just after each
+C informational-label line of text is drawn.  The default version does
+C nothing.  A user may supply a version to change the appearance of the
+C text lines.  The arguments are as follows:
+C
+C - IFLG is zero if a text line is about to be drawn, non-zero if one
+C   has just been drawn.
+C
+C - LBNM is the name of the label containing the line in question.
+C
+C - LNNO is the number of the line.
+C
+C Done.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agchnl.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agchnl.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3b42a5f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agchnl.f
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGCHNL (IAXS,VILS,CHRM,MCIM,NCIM,IPXM,CHRE,MCIE,NCIE)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) CHRM,CHRE
+C
+C The routine AGCHNL is called by AGAXIS just after it has set up the
+C character strings comprising a numeric label along an axis.  The
+C default version does nothing.  A user may supply his own version to
+C change the numeric labels.  For each numeric label, this routine is
+C called twice by AGAXIS - once to determine how much space will be
+C required when the label is actually drawn and once just before it
+C is actually drawn.  The arguments are as follows:
+C
+C - IAXS is the number of the axis being drawn.  Its value is 1, 2, 3,
+C   or 4, implying the left, right, bottom, or top axes, respectively.
+C   The value of IAXS must not be altered.
+C
+C - VILS is the value to be represented by the numeric label, in the
+C   label system for the axis.  The value of VILS must not be altered.
+C
+C - CHRM, on entry, is a character string containing the mantissa of the
+C   numeric label, as it will appear if AGCHNL makes no changes.  If the
+C   numeric label includes a "times" symbol, it will be represented by
+C   a blank in CHRM.  (See IPXM, below.)  CHRM may be modified.
+C
+C - MCIM is the length of CHRM - the maximum number of characters that
+C   it will hold.  The value of MCIM must not be altered.
+C
+C - NCIM, on entry, is the number of meaningful characters in CHRM.  If
+C   CHRM is changed, NCIM should be changed accordingly.
+C
+C - IPXM, on entry, is zero if there is no "times" symbol in CHRM; if it
+C   is non-zero, it is the index of the appropriate character position
+C   in CHRM.  If AGCHNL changes the position of the "times" symbol in
+C   CHRM, removes it, or adds it, the value of IPXM must be changed.
+C
+C - CHRE, on entry, is a character string containing the exponent of the
+C   numeric label, as it will appear if AGCHNL makes no changes.  CHRE
+C   may be modified.
+C
+C - MCIE is the length of CHRE - the maximum number of characters that
+C   it will hold.  The value of MCIE must not be altered.
+C
+C - NCIE, on entry, is the number of meaningful characters in CHRE.  If
+C   CHRE is changed, NCIE should be changed accordingly.
+C
+C Done.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agctcs.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agctcs.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d9f67d5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agctcs.f
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGCTCS (TPID,ITCS)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) TPID
+C
+C The routine AGCTCS is called by the routines AGGETC and AGSETC to
+C check what type of character-string parameter is implied by the
+C parameter identifier TPID and return an appropriate value of ITCS, as
+C follows:
+C
+C -- ITCS = 0 implies that the parameter is not intrinsically of type
+C    character and that AGGETC/AGSETC should not have been called in
+C    the way that it was.
+C
+C -- ITCS = 1 implies a dash-pattern parameter.
+C
+C -- ITCS = 2 implies a label name.
+C
+C -- ITCS = 3 implies the line-end character.
+C
+C -- ITCS = 4 implies the text of some line of some label.
+C
+C Find out where in the parameter list the requested parameter lies.
+C
+      CALL AGSCAN (TPID,LOPA,NIPA,IIPA)
+C
+C See if it's a dash pattern.
+C
+      CALL AGSCAN ('DASH/PATT.',LODP,NIDP,IIDP)
+      IF (LOPA.GE.LODP.AND.LOPA.LE.LODP+NIDP-1) THEN
+        ITCS=1
+        RETURN
+      END IF
+C
+C See if it's a label name.
+C
+      CALL AGSCAN ('LABE/NAME.',LOLN,NILN,IILN)
+      IF (LOPA.EQ.LOLN) THEN
+        ITCS=2
+        RETURN
+      END IF
+C
+C See if it's the line-end character.
+C
+      CALL AGSCAN ('LINE/END .',LOLE,NILE,IILE)
+      IF (LOPA.EQ.LOLE) THEN
+        ITCS=3
+        RETURN
+      END IF
+C
+C See if it's the text of some label line.
+C
+      CALL AGSCAN ('LINE/BUFF/CONT.',LOLB,NILB,IILB)
+      IF (LOPA.GE.LOLB.AND.LOPA.LE.LOLB+NILB-1.AND.
+     +                                       MOD(LOPA-LOLB,6).EQ.3) THEN
+        ITCS=4
+        RETURN
+      END IF
+C
+C Error - type not recognizable.
+C
+      ITCS=0
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agctko.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agctko.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..105438cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agctko.f
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGCTKO (XBGA,YBGA,XDCA,YDCA,CFAX,CFAY,CSFA,JAOR,NMMT,
+     +                   QMDP,WMML,WMMR,FNLL,FNLR,MM12,MM34,XMMT,YMMT)
+C
+      DIMENSION XMMT(4),YMMT(4)
+C
+C The routine AGCTKO is used to compute the x and y offsets to the end-
+C points of the left-of-label and right-of-label portions of the major
+C and minor tick marks.  See AGAXIS for definitions of the arguments.
+C
+C A note about WMML and WMMR:  Each is a positive number, of the form
+C (E) or (1+E), where E (=EPSILON) is .LT. 1. and is expressed as a
+C fraction of the smaller side of the curve window.  If the form (E) is
+C used, it implies just a tick of length E; if the form (1+E) is used,
+C it implies a tick long enough to reach the edge of the curve window,
+C plus the length E.
+C
+C If the tick-mark count NMMT .EQ. 0 or the tick-mark dash pattern QMDP
+C .EQ. 0 or both the left-of-axis and right-of-axis tick-mark lengths
+C WMML and WMMR .EQ. 0, then no tick marks are to be drawn.
+C
+      IF (NMMT.EQ.0.OR.QMDP.EQ.0..OR.(WMML.EQ.0..AND.WMMR.EQ.0.))
+     *                                                         GO TO 115
+C
+C Compute the distances of the tick mark ends from the axis as fractions
+C of the axis length, using only the (EPSILON) portion of WMML and WMMR.
+C
+      FMML=-CSFA*AMOD(WMML,1.)
+      FMMR=+CSFA*AMOD(WMMR,1.)
+C
+C If the labels overlap the axis and the (EPSILON) form was used for
+C WMML or WMMR, move the tick mark to the end of the label.
+C
+      IF (FNLL*FNLR.GE.0.) GO TO 101
+C
+      IF (WMML.LT.1.) FMML=FMML+FNLL
+C
+      IF (WMMR.LT.1.) FMMR=FMMR+FNLR
+C
+C Compute the x and y offsets to the ends of the tick mark.
+C
+  101 XMML=+CFAX*FMML*YDCA
+      YMML=-CFAY*FMML*XDCA
+      XMMR=+CFAX*FMMR*YDCA
+      YMMR=-CFAY*FMMR*XDCA
+C
+C If the (1+EPSILON) form was used for WMML or WMMR, adjust XMML, YMML,
+C XMMR, and YMMR as implied by the current axis orientation.
+C
+      IF (WMML.LT.1.) GO TO 107
+C
+      GO TO (102,103,104,105) , JAOR
+C
+C Axis at 0 degrees (left to right).
+C
+  102 YMML=YMML+1.-YBGA
+      GO TO 106
+C
+C Axis at 90 degrees (bottom to top).
+C
+  103 XMML=XMML-XBGA
+      GO TO 106
+C
+C Axis at 180 degrees (right to left).
+C
+  104 YMML=YMML-YBGA
+      GO TO 106
+C
+C Axis at 270 degrees (top to bottom).
+C
+  105 XMML=XMML+1.-XBGA
+C
+  106 FMML=(XMML+YMML)/(CFAX*YDCA-CFAY*XDCA)
+C
+  107 IF (WMMR.LT.1.) GO TO 113
+C
+      GO TO (108,109,110,111) , JAOR
+C
+C Axis at 0 degrees (left to right).
+C
+  108 YMMR=YMMR-YBGA
+      GO TO 112
+C
+C Axis at 90 degrees (bottom to top).
+C
+  109 XMMR=XMMR+1.-XBGA
+      GO TO 112
+C
+C Axis at 180 degrees (right to left).
+C
+  110 YMMR=YMMR+1.-YBGA
+      GO TO 112
+C
+C Axis at 270 degrees (top to bottom).
+C
+  111 XMMR=XMMR-XBGA
+C
+  112 FMMR=(XMMR+YMMR)/(CFAX*YDCA-CFAY*XDCA)
+C
+C Now split the tick mark into two portions - one to the left, and one
+C to the right, of the numeric label space.
+C
+  113 XMMT(1)=XMML
+      YMMT(1)=YMML
+      XMMT(2)=XMMR
+      YMMT(2)=YMMR
+      MM12=1
+      MM34=0
+      IF (FMMR.LE.FNLL.OR.FNLL.GE.FNLR) RETURN
+C
+      MM12=0
+      IF (FMML.GE.FNLL) GO TO 114
+      MM12=1
+      XMMT(2)=+CFAX*(FNLL-.005*CSFA)*YDCA
+      YMMT(2)=-CFAY*(FNLL-.005*CSFA)*XDCA
+C
+  114 IF (FMMR.LE.FNLR) RETURN
+C
+      MM34=1
+      XMMT(4)=XMMR
+      YMMT(4)=YMMR
+      XMMT(3)=XMML
+      YMMT(3)=YMML
+C
+      IF (FMML.GE.FNLR) RETURN
+      XMMT(3)=+CFAX*(FNLR+.005*CSFA)*YDCA
+      YMMT(3)=-CFAY*(FNLR+.005*CSFA)*XDCA
+      RETURN
+C
+C No ticks to be drawn - zero the flags MM12 and MM34 to indicate this.
+C
+  115 MM12=0
+      MM34=0
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agcurv.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agcurv.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..47624321
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agcurv.f
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGCURV (XVEC,IIEX,YVEC,IIEY,NEXY,KDSH)
+C
+      DIMENSION XVEC(1),YVEC(1)
+C
+C AGCURV plots the curve defined by the points ((X(I),Y(I)),I=1,NEXY),
+C where, if the primary parameter 'INVERT.' is zero,
+C
+C    X(I)=XVEC(1+(I-1)*IIEX) (unless IIEX=0, in which case X(I)=I), and
+C    Y(I)=YVEC(1+(I-1)*IIEY) (unless IIEY=0, in which case Y(I)=I).
+C
+C If 'INVERT.' is non-zero, the definitions are interchanged, so that
+C
+C    X(I)=YVEC(1+(I-1)*IIEY) (unless IIEY=0, in which case X(I)=I), and
+C    Y(I)=XVEC(1+(I-1)*IIEX) (unless IIEX=0, in which case Y(I)=I).
+C
+C If, for some I, X(I)=SVAL or Y(I)=SVAL, curve line segments having
+C (X(I),Y(I)) as an endpoint are omitted.
+C
+C If the primary parameter 'WINDOW.' is zero, AGKURV is called; it does
+C no windowing.  If 'WINDOW.' is non-zero, AGQURV is called; it omits
+C portions of the curve which fall outside the current curve window.
+C
+C The argument KDSH specifies the dash pattern to be used.  If KDSH is
+C negative, the function MOD(IABS(KDSH),26) is used to select a solid
+C line interrupted by one of the alphabetic characters.  If KDSH is
+C zero, the user is assumed to have done his own DASHD call.  If KDSH
+C is positive, the function MOD(KDSH,NODP) is used to select one of the
+C dash patterns in the parameter group 'DASH/PATTERNS.'.
+C
+C The following common block contains the AUTOGRAPH control parameters,
+C all of which are real.  If it is changed, all of AUTOGRAPH (especially
+C the routine AGSCAN) must be examined for possible side effects.
+C
+      COMMON /AGCONP/ QFRA,QSET,QROW,QIXY,QWND,QBAC , SVAL(2) ,
+     +                XLGF,XRGF,YBGF,YTGF , XLGD,XRGD,YBGD,YTGD , SOGD ,
+     +                XMIN,XMAX,QLUX,QOVX,QCEX,XLOW,XHGH ,
+     +                YMIN,YMAX,QLUY,QOVY,QCEY,YLOW,YHGH ,
+     +                QDAX(4),QSPA(4),PING(4),PINU(4),FUNS(4),QBTD(4),
+     +                BASD(4),QMJD(4),QJDP(4),WMJL(4),WMJR(4),QMND(4),
+     +                QNDP(4),WMNL(4),WMNR(4),QLTD(4),QLED(4),QLFD(4),
+     +                QLOF(4),QLOS(4),DNLA(4),WCLM(4),WCLE(4) ,
+     +                QODP,QCDP,WOCD,WODQ,QDSH(26) ,
+     +                     QDLB,QBIM,FLLB(10,8),QBAN ,
+     +                QLLN,TCLN,QNIM,FLLN(6,16),QNAN ,
+     +                XLGW,XRGW,YBGW,YTGW , XLUW,XRUW,YBUW,YTUW ,
+     +                XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW , WCWP,HCWP,SCWP ,
+     +                XBGA(4),YBGA(4),UBGA(4),XNDA(4),YNDA(4),UNDA(4),
+     +                QBTP(4),BASE(4),QMNT(4),QLTP(4),QLEX(4),QLFL(4),
+     +                QCIM(4),QCIE(4),RFNL(4),WNLL(4),WNLR(4),WNLB(4),
+     +                WNLE(4),QLUA(4) ,
+     +                RBOX(6),DBOX(6,4),SBOX(6,4)
+C
+C Declare the block data routine external to force it to load.
+C
+C +NOAO
+C     EXTERNAL AGDFLT
+C -NOAO
+C
+C DASH receives alphabetic dash patterns.
+C
+      CHARACTER*10 DASH
+C
+C ALPH contains an alphabet.
+C
+      CHARACTER*26 ALPH
+C
+      DATA ALPH / 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' /
+C
+C +NOAO - replace blockdata with run time initialization.
+      call agdflt
+C -NOAO
+C
+C Check for an alphabetic dash pattern.
+C
+      IF (KDSH.LT.0) THEN
+        IDSH=MOD(-KDSH-1,26)+1
+        IPSN=MOD(3*IDSH-1,10)+1
+        DASH='$$$$$$$$$$'
+        DASH(IPSN:IPSN)=ALPH(IDSH:IDSH)
+        CALL AGSTCH (DASH,10,IDCS)
+        CALL AGDASH (FLOAT(IDCS),WODQ,WOCD,SCWP)
+        CALL AGDLCH (IDCS)
+C
+C Check for a dash pattern from the group "DASH/PATTERNS."
+C
+      ELSE IF (KDSH.GT.0) THEN
+        IDSH=MOD(KDSH-1,IFIX(QODP))+1
+        CALL AGDASH (QDSH(IDSH),WODQ,WOCD,SCWP)
+C
+      END IF
+C
+C Now that the dash pattern is determined, do the SET call.
+C
+      CALL SET (XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW,XLUW,XRUW,YBUW,YTUW,
+     +                            1+IABS(IFIX(QLUX))*2+IABS(IFIX(QLUY)))
+C
+C Give the user a chance to modify the curve (by changing line style,
+C color, etc.).
+C
+      CALL AGCHCU (0,KDSH)
+C
+C Decide whether AGKURV or AGQURV is to draw the curve.
+C
+      IF (QWND.EQ.0.) THEN
+C
+C No windowing requested - AGKURV is used.
+C
+        IF (QIXY.EQ.0.) THEN
+          CALL AGKURV (XVEC,IIEX,YVEC,IIEY,NEXY,SVAL(1))
+        ELSE
+          CALL AGKURV (YVEC,IIEY,XVEC,IIEX,NEXY,SVAL(1))
+        END IF
+C
+      ELSE
+C
+C Windowing requested - AGQURV is used.
+C
+        IF (QIXY.EQ.0.) THEN
+          CALL AGQURV (XVEC,IIEX,YVEC,IIEY,NEXY,SVAL(1))
+        ELSE
+          CALL AGQURV (YVEC,IIEY,XVEC,IIEX,NEXY,SVAL(1))
+        END IF
+C
+      END IF
+C
+C Give the user a chance to change back what he changed above.
+C
+      CALL AGCHCU (1,KDSH)
+C
+C Done.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agdash.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agdash.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..243eb808
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agdash.f
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGDASH (DASH,WODQ,WOCD,SCWP)
+C
+C AGDASH sets up the DASHD call required to establish the dash pattern
+C desired for the next curve.  The arguments are as follows:
+C
+C -- DASH specifies the desired dash pattern.  A positive value implies
+C    that a binary dash pattern is to be used, a negative value that a
+C    character-string dash pattern is to be used.
+C
+C -- WODQ is the width of the solid-line segment specified by a dollar
+C    sign and the gap specified by a quote, expressed as a fraction of
+C    the smaller side of the curve window.
+C
+C -- WOCD is the width of a character which is to be a part of the dash
+C    pattern, expressed in the same units as WODQ.
+C
+C -- SCWP is the length of the smaller side of the curve window, in
+C    plotter coordinate units.
+C
+C The following common block contains other AUTOGRAPH variables, both
+C real and integer, which are not control parameters.  The only ones
+C used here are MWCD and MWDQ - the minimum widths of characters and
+C spaces, respectively, in the dash pattern.
+C
+      COMMON /AGORIP/ SMRL , ISLD , MWCL,MWCM,MWCE,MDLA,MWCD,MWDQ ,
+     +                INIF
+C
+C The following common block contains other AUTOGRAPH variables, of type
+C character.
+C
+      COMMON /AGOCHP/ CHS1,CHS2
+C
+c+noao
+c     CHARACTER*504 CHS1,CHS2
+      CHARACTER*500 CHS1,CHS2
+c-noao
+C
+C The AUTOGRAPH function AGFPBN is of type integer.
+C
+      INTEGER AGFPBN
+C
+      IWCD=MAX0(MWCD,IFIX(WOCD*SCWP))
+      IWDQ=MAX0(MWDQ,IFIX(WODQ*SCWP))
+C
+      IF (DASH.GE.0.) THEN
+        CALL DASHDB (AGFPBN(DASH))
+      ELSE
+        CALL AGGTCH (IFIX(DASH),CHS1,LNC1)
+        CALL DASHDC (CHS1(1:LNC1),IWDQ,IWCD)
+      END IF
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agdflt.bd b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agdflt.bd
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ddbde9a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agdflt.bd
@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
+C +NOAO  
+C         This block data has been rewritten as a run time initialization
+C         subroutine (see file agdflt.f).  This original block data file
+C         is retained for reference only.
+C -NOAO
+C
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      BLOCK DATA AGDFLT
+C
+C The block data subroutine AGDFLT defines the default values of those
+C AUTOGRAPH parameters which can be declared in a DATA statement.  See
+C AGINIT for code initializing other AUTOGRAPH parameters.
+C
+C Following are declarations of all the AUTOGRAPH common blocks.
+C
+C The following common block contains the AUTOGRAPH control parameters,
+C all of which are real.  If it is changed, all of AUTOGRAPH (especially
+C the routine AGSCAN) must be examined for possible side effects.
+C
+      COMMON /AGCONP/ QFRA,QSET,QROW,QIXY,QWND,QBAC , SVAL(2) ,
+     +                XLGF,XRGF,YBGF,YTGF , XLGD,XRGD,YBGD,YTGD , SOGD ,
+     +                XMIN,XMAX,QLUX,QOVX,QCEX,XLOW,XHGH ,
+     +                YMIN,YMAX,QLUY,QOVY,QCEY,YLOW,YHGH ,
+     +                QDAX(4),QSPA(4),PING(4),PINU(4),FUNS(4),QBTD(4),
+     +                BASD(4),QMJD(4),QJDP(4),WMJL(4),WMJR(4),QMND(4),
+     +                QNDP(4),WMNL(4),WMNR(4),QLTD(4),QLED(4),QLFD(4),
+     +                QLOF(4),QLOS(4),DNLA(4),WCLM(4),WCLE(4) ,
+     +                QODP,QCDP,WOCD,WODQ,QDSH(26) ,
+     +                     QDLB,QBIM,FLLB(10,8),QBAN ,
+     +                QLLN,TCLN,QNIM,FLLN(6,16),QNAN ,
+     +                XLGW,XRGW,YBGW,YTGW , XLUW,XRUW,YBUW,YTUW ,
+     +                XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW , WCWP,HCWP,SCWP ,
+     +                XBGA(4),YBGA(4),UBGA(4),XNDA(4),YNDA(4),UNDA(4),
+     +                QBTP(4),BASE(4),QMNT(4),QLTP(4),QLEX(4),QLFL(4),
+     +                QCIM(4),QCIE(4),RFNL(4),WNLL(4),WNLR(4),WNLB(4),
+     +                WNLE(4),QLUA(4) ,
+     +                RBOX(6),DBOX(6,4),SBOX(6,4)
+C
+C The following common block contains other AUTOGRAPH variables, both
+C real and integer, which are not control parameters.
+C
+      COMMON /AGORIP/ SMRL , ISLD , MWCL,MWCM,MWCE,MDLA,MWCD,MWDQ ,
+     +                INIF
+C
+C The following common block contains other AUTOGRAPH variables, of
+C type character.
+C
+      COMMON /AGOCHP/ CHS1,CHS2
+C
+      CHARACTER*504 CHS1,CHS2
+C
+C The following common blocks contain variables which are required for
+C the character-storage-and-retrieval scheme of AUTOGRAPH.
+C
+      COMMON /AGCHR1/ LNIC,INCH(2,50),LNCA,INCA
+C
+      COMMON /AGCHR2/ CHRA(2000)
+C
+      CHARACTER*1 CHRA
+C
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+C Following are declarations of default values of variables in the
+C AUTOGRAPH common blocks.
+C
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+C QFRA defines the control parameter 'FRAME.', which specifies when, if
+C ever, the EZ... routines are to call FRAME to advance to a new frame.
+C
+      DATA QFRA / 1. /
+C
+C QSET defines the control parameter 'SET.', which determines how the
+C last call to the plot-package routine "SET" is to affect AUTOGRAPH.
+C
+      DATA QSET / 1. /
+C
+C QROW defines the control parameter 'ROW.', which determines how the x
+C and y input arrays (in calls to AGSTUP and AGCURV) are to be used.
+C
+      DATA QROW / 1. /
+C
+C QIXY defines the control parameter 'INVERT.', which, if set non-zero,
+C causes the routines AGSTUP and AGCURV to behave as if the arguments
+C defining the x and y data had been interchanged.
+C
+      DATA QIXY / 0. /
+C
+C QWND defines the control parameter 'WINDOW.', which, if set non-zero,
+C causes curves drawn to be scissored by the edge of the curve window.
+C
+      DATA QWND / 0. /
+C
+C QBAC defines the control parameter 'BACKGROUND.', which can be given
+C any of four values to set up four specific types of plot background.
+C
+      DATA QBAC / 1. /
+C
+C SVAL defines the control parameters 'NULL/1.' and 'NULL/2.', which are
+C used in various ways by AUTOGRAPH.
+C
+      DATA SVAL(1) / 1E36 / , SVAL(2) / 2E36 /
+C
+C XLGF, XRGF, YBGF, and YTGF define the parameter-group 'GRAPH.'; they
+C specify the position of the graph window within the plotter frame.
+C
+      DATA XLGF / 0. / , XRGF / 1. / , YBGF / 0. / , YTGF / 1. /
+C
+C XLGD, XRGD, YBGD, and YTGD define the first four parameters in the
+C group 'GRID.'; they specify the position of the grid window within
+C the graph window.
+C
+      DATA XLGD / .15 / , XRGD / .95 / , YBGD / .15 / , YTGD / .95 /
+C
+C SOGD defines the control parameter 'GRID/SHAPE.', which defines the
+C shape of the grid window.
+C
+      DATA SOGD / 0. /
+C
+C XMIN and XMAX define the control parameters 'X/MIN.' and 'X/MAX.',
+C which determine how minimum and maximum values of x are to be chosen.
+C Null values imply that AUTOGRAPH is to choose real values; non-null
+C values are the actual values to be used (perhaps after rounding).
+C
+      DATA XMIN / 1E36 / , XMAX / 1E36 /
+C
+C QLUX defines the control parameter 'X/LOG.', which is set non-zero to
+C specify that the horizontal axis is to be logarithmic.
+C
+      DATA QLUX / 0. /
+C
+C QOVX defines the control parameter 'X/ORDER.', which is set non-zero
+C to flip the horizontal axis end-for-end.
+C
+      DATA QOVX / 0. /
+C
+C QCEX defines the control parameter 'X/NICE.', which determines which,
+C if either, of the horizontal axes is to have "nice" (rounded) values
+C at its ends.
+C
+      DATA QCEX / -1. /
+C
+C XLOW and XHGH define the control parameters 'X/SMALLEST.' and
+C 'X/LARGEST.'; they come into play only when XMIN and/or XMAX are null
+C and they are non-null, in which case they set limits on the range of
+C x data to be considered when choosing the minimum and/or maximum.
+C
+      DATA XLOW / 1E36 / , XHGH / 1E36 /
+C
+C YMIN and YMAX define the control parameters 'Y/MIN.' and 'Y/MAX.',
+C which determine how minimum and maximum values of y are to be chosen.
+C Null values imply that AUTOGRAPH is to choose real values; non-null
+C values are the actual values to be used (perhaps after rounding).
+C
+      DATA YMIN / 1E36 / , YMAX / 1E36 /
+C
+C QLUY defines the control parameter 'Y/LOG.', which is set non-zero to
+C specify that the horizontal axis is to be logarithmic.
+C
+      DATA QLUY / 0. /
+C
+C QOVY defines the control parameter 'Y/ORDER.', which is set non-zero
+C to flip the horizontal axis end-for-end.
+C
+      DATA QOVY / 0. /
+C
+C QCEY defines the control parameter 'Y/NICE.', which determines which,
+C if either, of the horizontal axes is to have "nice" (rounded) values
+C at its ends.
+C
+      DATA QCEY / -1. /
+C
+C YLOW and YHGH define the control parameters 'Y/SMALLEST.' and
+C 'Y/LARGEST.'; they come into play only when YMIN and/or YMAX are null
+C and they are non-null, in which case they set limits on the range of
+C y data to be considered when choosing the minimum and/or maximum.
+C
+      DATA YLOW / 1E36 / , YHGH / 1E36 /
+C
+C QDAX(i) defines the control parameters 'AXIS/s/CONTROL.' (i=1 implies
+C s='LEFT', i=2 implies s='RIGHT', i=3 implies s='BOTTOM', i=4 implies
+C s='TOP').  Each of these specifies whether or not a given axis will
+C be drawn or not and what liberties may be taken with numeric labels
+C on the axis.
+C
+      DATA QDAX(1)/ 4. / , QDAX(2)/ 4. / , QDAX(3)/ 4. / , QDAX(4)/ 4. /
+C
+C Each QSPA(i) defines a control parameter 'AXIS/s/LINE.', which says
+C whether or not the line portion of a particular axis is to be drawn.
+C
+      DATA QSPA(1)/ 0. / , QSPA(2)/ 0. / , QSPA(3)/ 0. / , QSPA(4)/ 0. /
+C
+C Each PING(i) defines a control parameter 'AXIS/s/INTERSECTION/GRID.',
+C which may be used to move a particular axis to a specified position.
+C
+      DATA PING(1)/1E36/ , PING(2)/1E36/ , PING(3)/1E36/ , PING(4)/1E36/
+C
+C Each PINU(i) defines a control parameter 'AXIS/s/INTERSECTION/USER.',
+C which may be used to move a particular axis to a specified position.
+C
+      DATA PINU(1)/1E36/ , PINU(2)/1E36/ , PINU(3)/1E36/ , PINU(4)/1E36/
+C
+C Each FUNS(i) defines a control parameter 'AXIS/s/FUNCTION.', which is
+C used within a user-supplied version of AGUTOL to select a particular
+C uset-system-to-label-system mapping for a particular axis.  The
+C default value selects the identity mapping.
+C
+      DATA FUNS(1)/ 0. / , FUNS(2)/ 0. / , FUNS(3)/ 0. / , FUNS(4)/ 0. /
+C
+C The values of QBTD(i), BASD(i), QMJD(i), QJDP(i), WMJL(i), and WMJR(i)
+C together define the control-parameter group 'AXIS/s/TICKS/MAJOR.',
+C which determines the positioning and appearance of the major ticks on
+C a particular axis.
+C
+      DATA QBTD(1)/1E36/ , QBTD(2)/1E36/ , QBTD(3)/1E36/ , QBTD(4)/1E36/
+      DATA BASD(1)/1E36/ , BASD(2)/1E36/ , BASD(3)/1E36/ , BASD(4)/1E36/
+      DATA QMJD(1)/ 6. / , QMJD(2)/ 6. / , QMJD(3)/ 6. / , QMJD(4)/ 6. /
+      DATA QJDP(1)/1E36/ , QJDP(2)/1E36/ , QJDP(3)/1E36/ , QJDP(4)/1E36/
+      DATA WMJL(1)/ 0. / , WMJL(2)/ 0. / , WMJL(3)/ 0. / , WMJL(4)/ 0. /
+      DATA WMJR(1)/.015/ , WMJR(2)/.015/ , WMJR(3)/.015/ , WMJR(4)/.015/
+C
+C The values of QMND(i), QNDP(i), WMNL(i), and WMNR(i) together define
+C the control-parameter group 'AXIS/s/TICKS/MINOR.', which determines
+C the positioning and appearance of the major ticks on a particular
+C axis.
+C
+      DATA QMND(1)/1E36/ , QMND(2)/1E36/ , QMND(3)/1E36/ , QMND(4)/1E36/
+      DATA QNDP(1)/1E36/ , QNDP(2)/1E36/ , QNDP(3)/1E36/ , QNDP(4)/1E36/
+      DATA WMNL(1)/ 0. / , WMNL(2)/ 0. / , WMNL(3)/ 0. / , WMNL(4)/ 0. /
+      DATA WMNR(1)/.010/ , WMNR(2)/.010/ , WMNR(3)/.010/ , WMNR(4)/.010/
+C
+C The values of QLTD(i), QLED(i), QLFD(i), QLOF(i), QLOS(i), DNLA(i),
+C WCLM(i), and WCLE(i) together define the control-parameter group
+C 'AXIS/s/NUMERIC.', which determines the positioning and appearance of
+C the numeric labels on a particular axis.
+C
+      DATA QLTD(1)/1E36/ , QLTD(2)/  0./ , QLTD(3)/1E36/ , QLTD(4)/  0./
+      DATA QLED(1)/1E36/ , QLED(2)/1E36/ , QLED(3)/1E36/ , QLED(4)/1E36/
+      DATA QLFD(1)/1E36/ , QLFD(2)/1E36/ , QLFD(3)/1E36/ , QLFD(4)/1E36/
+      DATA QLOF(1)/ 0. / , QLOF(2)/ 0. / , QLOF(3)/ 0. / , QLOF(4)/ 0. /
+      DATA QLOS(1)/ 90./ , QLOS(2)/ 90./ , QLOS(3)/ 90./ , QLOS(4)/ 90./
+      DATA DNLA(1)/.015/ , DNLA(2)/.015/ , DNLA(3)/.015/ , DNLA(4)/.015/
+      DATA WCLM(1)/.015/ , WCLM(2)/.015/ , WCLM(3)/.015/ , WCLM(4)/.015/
+      DATA WCLE(1)/.010/ , WCLE(2)/.010/ , WCLE(3)/.010/ , WCLE(4)/.010/
+C
+C QODP defines the control parameter 'DASH/SELECTOR.', the sign of which
+C determines which set of dash patterns is used by EZMY and EZMXY (the
+C alphabetic set or the user-specified set); if the user-specified set
+C is selected, the magnitude of QODP determines how many of them are to
+C be used.
+C
+      DATA QODP / 1. /
+C
+C QCDP defines the control parameter 'DASH/LENGTH.', which specifies the
+C assumed length of dash patterns tendered to AUTOGRAPH.
+C
+      DATA QCDP / 8. /
+C
+C WOCD and WODQ define the control parameters 'DASH/CHARACTER.' and
+C 'DASH/DOLLAR-QUOTE.', which specify the widths of characters used in
+C character-string dash patterns.
+C
+      DATA WOCD / .010 / , WODQ / .010 /
+C
+C QDSH defines the control-parameter group 'DASH/PATTERN.'.  Each value,
+C if positive, defines a binary dash pattern, and, if negative, serves
+C as an identifier in retrieving a character-string dash pattern.
+C
+      DATA QDSH / 26*65535. /
+C
+C QDLB defines the control parameter 'LABEL/CONTROL.', which specifies
+C what may be done with informational labels in response to overlap
+C problems.
+C
+      DATA QDLB /2./
+C
+C QBIM defines the control parameter 'LABEL/BUFFER/LENGTH.' and must
+C be equal to the second dimension of the array FLLB.
+C
+      DATA QBIM / 8. /
+C
+C QBAN defines the control parameter 'LABEL/NAME.'; its value is really
+C a pointer into the label list.  The default value, zero, means that
+C the pointer has not been set.
+C
+      DATA QBAN / 0. /
+C
+C QLLN defines the control parameter 'LINE/MAXIMUM.' - the assumed
+C maximum length of character strings intended for use as the text of a
+C line of a label.
+C
+      DATA QLLN /40./
+C
+C TCLN defines the control parameter 'LINE/TERMINATOR.' - which is used
+C to mark the end of character strings intended for use as the text of a
+C line of a label.  It is initialized in AGINIT.
+C
+C QNIM defines the control parameter 'LINE/BUFFER/LENGTH.' and must be
+C equal to the second dimension of FLLN.
+C
+      DATA QNIM / 16. /
+C
+C QNAN defines the control parameter 'LINE/NUMBER.'; its value is really
+C a pointer into the line list.  The default value, zero, says that the
+C pointer has not been set.
+C
+      DATA QNAN / 0. /
+C
+C (FLLB(I,1),I=1,10) and (FLLN(I,1),I=1,6) define the label to the left
+C of the grid.  The name, in FLLB(1,1), and the line text, in FLLN(4,1),
+C must be filled in by AGINIT.
+C
+      DATA FLLB( 1,1)/   0./ , FLLB( 2,1)/   0./ , FLLB( 3,1)/   0./ ,
+     +     FLLB( 4,1)/   .5/ , FLLB( 5,1)/-.015/ , FLLB( 6,1)/   0./ ,
+     +     FLLB( 7,1)/  90./ , FLLB( 8,1)/   0./ , FLLB( 9,1)/   1./ ,
+     +     FLLB(10,1)/   1./ , FLLN( 1,1)/+100./ , FLLN( 2,1)/   0./ ,
+     +     FLLN( 3,1)/ .015/ , FLLN( 4,1)/  -2./ , FLLN( 5,1)/   1./ ,
+     +     FLLN( 6,1)/   0./
+C
+C (FLLB(I,2),I=1,10) and (FLLN(I,2),I=1,6) define the label to the right
+C of the grid.  The name, in FLLB(1,2), and the line text, in FLLN(4,2),
+C must be filled in by AGINIT.
+C
+      DATA FLLB( 1,2)/   0./ , FLLB( 2,2)/   0./ , FLLB( 3,2)/   1./ ,
+     +     FLLB( 4,2)/   .5/ , FLLB( 5,2)/+.015/ , FLLB( 6,2)/   0./ ,
+     +     FLLB( 7,2)/  90./ , FLLB( 8,2)/   0./ , FLLB( 9,2)/   1./ ,
+     +     FLLB(10,2)/   2./ , FLLN( 1,2)/-100./ , FLLN( 2,2)/   0./ ,
+     +     FLLN( 3,2)/ .015/ , FLLN( 4,2)/  -3./ , FLLN( 5,2)/   0./ ,
+     +     FLLN( 6,2)/   0./
+C
+C (FLLB(I,3),I=1,10) and (FLLN(I,3),I=1,6) define the label below the
+C grid.  The name, in FLLB(1,3), and the line text, in FLLN(4,3), must
+C be filled in by AGINIT.
+C
+      DATA FLLB( 1,3)/   0./ , FLLB( 2,3)/   0./ , FLLB( 3,3)/   .5/ ,
+     +     FLLB( 4,3)/   0./ , FLLB( 5,3)/   0./ , FLLB( 6,3)/-.015/ ,
+     +     FLLB( 7,3)/   0./ , FLLB( 8,3)/   0./ , FLLB( 9,3)/   1./ ,
+     +     FLLB(10,3)/   3./ , FLLN( 1,3)/-100./ , FLLN( 2,3)/   0./ ,
+     +     FLLN( 3,3)/ .015/ , FLLN( 4,3)/  -1./ , FLLN( 5,3)/   1./ ,
+     +     FLLN( 6,3)/   0./
+C
+C (FLLB(I,4),I=1,10) and (FLLN(I,4),I=1,6) define the label above the
+C grid.  The name, in FLLB(1,4), and the line text, in FLLN(4,4), must
+C be filled in by AGINIT.
+C
+      DATA FLLB( 1,4)/   0./ , FLLB( 2,4)/   0./ , FLLB( 3,4)/   .5/ ,
+     +     FLLB( 4,4)/   1./ , FLLB( 5,4)/   0./ , FLLB( 6,4)/+.020/ ,
+     +     FLLB( 7,4)/   0./ , FLLB( 8,4)/   0./ , FLLB( 9,4)/   1./ ,
+     +     FLLB(10,4)/   4./ , FLLN( 1,4)/+100./ , FLLN( 2,4)/   0./ ,
+     +     FLLN( 3,4)/ .020/ , FLLN( 4,4)/  -3./ , FLLN( 5,4)/   0./ ,
+     +     FLLN( 6,4)/   0./
+C
+C Certain secondary parameters must be initialized to prevent bombing.
+C
+      DATA QBTP(1)/  0./ , QBTP(2)/  0./ , QBTP(3)/  0./ , QBTP(4)/  0./
+      DATA BASE(1)/  0./ , BASE(2)/  0./ , BASE(3)/  0./ , BASE(4)/  0./
+      DATA QMNT(1)/  0./ , QMNT(2)/  0./ , QMNT(3)/  0./ , QMNT(4)/  0./
+      DATA QLTP(1)/  0./ , QLTP(2)/  0./ , QLTP(3)/  0./ , QLTP(4)/  0./
+      DATA QLEX(1)/  0./ , QLEX(2)/  0./ , QLEX(3)/  0./ , QLEX(4)/  0./
+      DATA QLFL(1)/  0./ , QLFL(2)/  0./ , QLFL(3)/  0./ , QLFL(4)/  0./
+      DATA QCIM(1)/  0./ , QCIM(2)/  0./ , QCIM(3)/  0./ , QCIM(4)/  0./
+      DATA QCIE(1)/  0./ , QCIE(2)/  0./ , QCIE(3)/  0./ , QCIE(4)/  0./
+      DATA RFNL(1)/  0./ , RFNL(2)/  0./ , RFNL(3)/  0./ , RFNL(4)/  0./
+      DATA QLUA(1)/  0./ , QLUA(2)/  0./ , QLUA(3)/  0./ , QLUA(4)/  0./
+C
+C SMRL and ISLD are set by the routine AGINIT (which see, below).
+C
+C MWCL, MWCM, MWCE, MDLA, MWCD, and MWDQ are the minimum widths of label
+C characters, mantissa characters, exponent characters, label-to-axis
+C distances, dash-pattern characters, and dash-pattern spaces, respect-
+C ively (in the plotter coordinate system).
+C
+      DATA MWCL /8/, MWCM /8/, MWCE /8/, MDLA /8/, MWCD /8/, MWDQ /8/
+C
+C INIF is an initialization flag, set non-zero to indicate that the
+C routine AGINIT has been executed to set the values of AUTOGRAPH
+C parameters which, for one reason or another, cannot be preset by
+C this block data routine.
+C
+      DATA INIF / 0 /
+C
+C CHS1 and CHS2 are used within AUTOGRAPH when manipulating character
+C strings retrieved by calls to AGGTCH.  They need not be preset.
+C
+C LNIC is the second dimension of the array (INCH) which holds an index
+C of the character strings stored by AGSTCH.
+C
+      DATA LNIC / 50 /
+C
+C INCH is an index of character strings currently stored in CHRA.  Each
+C entry has the following format:
+C
+C    INCH(1,I), if non-zero, is the index, in the array CHRA, of the
+C    first character of the Ith character string.
+C
+C    INCH(2,I) is the length of the Ith character string.
+C
+      DATA (INCH(1,I),I=1,50) / 50*0 /
+      DATA (INCH(2,I),I=1,50) / 50*0 /
+C
+C LNCA is the size of the array (CHRA) in which AGSTCH stores character
+C strings.
+C
+      DATA LNCA / 2000 /
+C
+C INCA is the index of the last character used in CHRA.
+C
+      DATA INCA / 0 /
+C
+C CHRA holds character strings stored by AGSTCH.  It need not be pre-set
+C to anything.
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agdflt.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agdflt.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..87b0ca45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agdflt.f
@@ -0,0 +1,690 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+c +noao:  blockdata rewritten to be run time initialization
+c     BLOCK DATA AGDFLT
+      subroutine agdflt
+C
+C The block data subroutine AGDFLT defines the default values of those
+C AUTOGRAPH parameters which can be declared in a DATA statement.  See
+C AGINIT for code initializing other AUTOGRAPH parameters.
+C
+C Following are declarations of all the AUTOGRAPH common blocks.
+C
+C The following common block contains the AUTOGRAPH control parameters,
+C all of which are real.  If it is changed, all of AUTOGRAPH (especially
+C the routine AGSCAN) must be examined for possible side effects.
+C
+      COMMON /AGCONP/ QFRA,QSET,QROW,QIXY,QWND,QBAC , SVAL(2) ,
+     +                XLGF,XRGF,YBGF,YTGF , XLGD,XRGD,YBGD,YTGD , SOGD ,
+     +                XMIN,XMAX,QLUX,QOVX,QCEX,XLOW,XHGH ,
+     +                YMIN,YMAX,QLUY,QOVY,QCEY,YLOW,YHGH ,
+     +                QDAX(4),QSPA(4),PING(4),PINU(4),FUNS(4),QBTD(4),
+     +                BASD(4),QMJD(4),QJDP(4),WMJL(4),WMJR(4),QMND(4),
+     +                QNDP(4),WMNL(4),WMNR(4),QLTD(4),QLED(4),QLFD(4),
+     +                QLOF(4),QLOS(4),DNLA(4),WCLM(4),WCLE(4) ,
+     +                QODP,QCDP,WOCD,WODQ,QDSH(26) ,
+     +                     QDLB,QBIM,FLLB(10,8),QBAN ,
+     +                QLLN,TCLN,QNIM,FLLN(6,16),QNAN ,
+     +                XLGW,XRGW,YBGW,YTGW , XLUW,XRUW,YBUW,YTUW ,
+     +                XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW , WCWP,HCWP,SCWP ,
+     +                XBGA(4),YBGA(4),UBGA(4),XNDA(4),YNDA(4),UNDA(4),
+     +                QBTP(4),BASE(4),QMNT(4),QLTP(4),QLEX(4),QLFL(4),
+     +                QCIM(4),QCIE(4),RFNL(4),WNLL(4),WNLR(4),WNLB(4),
+     +                WNLE(4),QLUA(4) ,
+     +                RBOX(6),DBOX(6,4),SBOX(6,4)
+C
+C The following common block contains other AUTOGRAPH variables, both
+C real and integer, which are not control parameters.
+C
+      COMMON /AGORIP/ SMRL , ISLD , MWCL,MWCM,MWCE,MDLA,MWCD,MWDQ ,
+     +                INIF
+C
+C The following common block contains other AUTOGRAPH variables, of
+C type character.
+C
+      COMMON /AGOCHP/ CHS1,CHS2
+C
+c+noao
+c     CHARACTER*504 CHS1,CHS2
+      CHARACTER*500 CHS1,CHS2
+c-noao
+C
+C The following common blocks contain variables which are required for
+C the character-storage-and-retrieval scheme of AUTOGRAPH.
+C
+      COMMON /AGCHR1/ LNIC,INCH(2,50),LNCA,INCA
+C
+      COMMON /AGCHR2/ CHRA(2000)
+C
+      CHARACTER*1 CHRA
+C
+c +noao:  logical flag added to prevent "over-initialization"
+      logical first
+      data first /.true./
+      call utilbd
+      if (.not. first) return
+      first = .false.
+c -noao
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+C Following are declarations of default values of variables in the
+C AUTOGRAPH common blocks.
+C
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+C QFRA defines the control parameter 'FRAME.', which specifies when, if
+C ever, the EZ... routines are to call FRAME to advance to a new frame.
+C
+c     DATA QFRA / 1. /
+      QFRA = 1. 
+C
+C QSET defines the control parameter 'SET.', which determines how the
+C last call to the plot-package routine "SET" is to affect AUTOGRAPH.
+C
+c     DATA QSET / 1. /
+      QSET = 1.
+C
+C QROW defines the control parameter 'ROW.', which determines how the x
+C and y input arrays (in calls to AGSTUP and AGCURV) are to be used.
+C
+c     DATA QROW / 1. /
+      QROW = 1.
+C
+C QIXY defines the control parameter 'INVERT.', which, if set non-zero,
+C causes the routines AGSTUP and AGCURV to behave as if the arguments
+C defining the x and y data had been interchanged.
+C
+c     DATA QIXY / 0. /
+      QIXY = 0.
+C
+C QWND defines the control parameter 'WINDOW.', which, if set non-zero,
+C causes curves drawn to be scissored by the edge of the curve window.
+C
+c     DATA QWND / 0. /
+      QWND = 0.
+C
+C QBAC defines the control parameter 'BACKGROUND.', which can be given
+C any of four values to set up four specific types of plot background.
+C
+c     DATA QBAC / 1. /
+      QBAC = 1.
+C
+C SVAL defines the control parameters 'NULL/1.' and 'NULL/2.', which are
+C used in various ways by AUTOGRAPH.
+C
+c     DATA SVAL(1) / 1E36 / , SVAL(2) / 2E36 /
+      SVAL(1) = 1E36 
+      SVAL(2) = 2E36
+C
+C XLGF, XRGF, YBGF, and YTGF define the parameter-group 'GRAPH.'; they
+C specify the position of the graph window within the plotter frame.
+C
+c     DATA XLGF / 0. / , XRGF / 1. / , YBGF / 0. / , YTGF / 1. /
+      XLGF = 0. 
+      XRGF = 1.
+      YBGF = 0.
+      YTGF = 1.
+C
+C XLGD, XRGD, YBGD, and YTGD define the first four parameters in the
+C group 'GRID.'; they specify the position of the grid window within
+C the graph window.
+C
+c     DATA XLGD / .15 / , XRGD / .95 / , YBGD / .15 / , YTGD / .95 /
+      XLGD = .15
+      XRGD = .95 
+      YBGD = .15 
+      YTGD = .95
+C
+C SOGD defines the control parameter 'GRID/SHAPE.', which defines the
+C shape of the grid window.
+C
+c     DATA SOGD / 0. /
+      SOGD = 0.
+C
+C XMIN and XMAX define the control parameters 'X/MIN.' and 'X/MAX.',
+C which determine how minimum and maximum values of x are to be chosen.
+C Null values imply that AUTOGRAPH is to choose real values; non-null
+C values are the actual values to be used (perhaps after rounding).
+C
+c     DATA XMIN / 1E36 / , XMAX / 1E36 /
+      XMIN = 1E36
+      XMAX = 1E36
+C
+C QLUX defines the control parameter 'X/LOG.', which is set non-zero to
+C specify that the horizontal axis is to be logarithmic.
+C
+c     DATA QLUX / 0. /
+      QLUX = 0.
+C
+C QOVX defines the control parameter 'X/ORDER.', which is set non-zero
+C to flip the horizontal axis end-for-end.
+C
+c     DATA QOVX / 0. /
+      QOVX = 0.
+C
+C QCEX defines the control parameter 'X/NICE.', which determines which,
+C if either, of the horizontal axes is to have "nice" (rounded) values
+C at its ends.
+C
+c     DATA QCEX / -1. /
+      QCEX = -1.
+C
+C XLOW and XHGH define the control parameters 'X/SMALLEST.' and
+C 'X/LARGEST.'; they come into play only when XMIN and/or XMAX are null
+C and they are non-null, in which case they set limits on the range of
+C x data to be considered when choosing the minimum and/or maximum.
+C
+c     DATA XLOW / 1E36 / , XHGH / 1E36 /
+      XLOW = 1E36
+      XHGH = 1E36
+C
+C YMIN and YMAX define the control parameters 'Y/MIN.' and 'Y/MAX.',
+C which determine how minimum and maximum values of y are to be chosen.
+C Null values imply that AUTOGRAPH is to choose real values; non-null
+C values are the actual values to be used (perhaps after rounding).
+C
+c     DATA YMIN / 1E36 / , YMAX / 1E36 /
+      YMIN = 1E36
+      YMAX = 1E36
+C
+C QLUY defines the control parameter 'Y/LOG.', which is set non-zero to
+C specify that the horizontal axis is to be logarithmic.
+C
+c     DATA QLUY / 0. /
+      QLUY = 0.
+C
+C QOVY defines the control parameter 'Y/ORDER.', which is set non-zero
+C to flip the horizontal axis end-for-end.
+C
+c     DATA QOVY / 0. /
+      QOVY = 0.
+C
+C QCEY defines the control parameter 'Y/NICE.', which determines which,
+C if either, of the horizontal axes is to have "nice" (rounded) values
+C at its ends.
+C
+c     DATA QCEY / -1. /
+      QCEY = -1.
+C
+C YLOW and YHGH define the control parameters 'Y/SMALLEST.' and
+C 'Y/LARGEST.'; they come into play only when YMIN and/or YMAX are null
+C and they are non-null, in which case they set limits on the range of
+C y data to be considered when choosing the minimum and/or maximum.
+C
+c     DATA YLOW / 1E36 / , YHGH / 1E36 /
+      YLOW = 1E36
+      YHGH = 1E36
+C
+C QDAX(i) defines the control parameters 'AXIS/s/CONTROL.' (i=1 implies
+C s='LEFT', i=2 implies s='RIGHT', i=3 implies s='BOTTOM', i=4 implies
+C s='TOP').  Each of these specifies whether or not a given axis will
+C be drawn or not and what liberties may be taken with numeric labels
+C on the axis.
+C
+c     DATA QDAX(1)/ 4. / , QDAX(2)/ 4. / , QDAX(3)/ 4. / , QDAX(4)/ 4. /
+      QDAX(1) = 4.
+      QDAX(2) = 4.
+      QDAX(3) = 4.
+      QDAX(4) = 4.
+C
+C Each QSPA(i) defines a control parameter 'AXIS/s/LINE.', which says
+C whether or not the line portion of a particular axis is to be drawn.
+C
+c     DATA QSPA(1)/ 0. / , QSPA(2)/ 0. / , QSPA(3)/ 0. / , QSPA(4)/ 0. /
+      QSPA(1) = 0.
+      QSPA(2) = 0.
+      QSPA(3) = 0.
+      QSPA(4) = 0.
+C
+C Each PING(i) defines a control parameter 'AXIS/s/INTERSECTION/GRID.',
+C which may be used to move a particular axis to a specified position.
+C
+c     DATA PING(1)/1E36/ , PING(2)/1E36/ , PING(3)/1E36/ , PING(4)/1E36/
+      PING(1) = 1E36
+      PING(2) = 1E36
+      PING(3) = 1E36
+      PING(4) = 1E36
+C
+C Each PINU(i) defines a control parameter 'AXIS/s/INTERSECTION/USER.',
+C which may be used to move a particular axis to a specified position.
+C
+c     DATA PINU(1)/1E36/ , PINU(2)/1E36/ , PINU(3)/1E36/ , PINU(4)/1E36/
+      PINU(1) = 1E36
+      PINU(2) = 1E36
+      PINU(3) = 1E36
+      PINU(4) = 1E36
+C
+C Each FUNS(i) defines a control parameter 'AXIS/s/FUNCTION.', which is
+C used within a user-supplied version of AGUTOL to select a particular
+C uset-system-to-label-system mapping for a particular axis.  The
+C default value selects the identity mapping.
+C
+c     DATA FUNS(1)/ 0. / , FUNS(2)/ 0. / , FUNS(3)/ 0. / , FUNS(4)/ 0. /
+      FUNS(1) =  0.
+      FUNS(2) =  0.
+      FUNS(3) =  0.
+      FUNS(4) =  0.
+C
+C The values of QBTD(i), BASD(i), QMJD(i), QJDP(i), WMJL(i), and WMJR(i)
+C together define the control-parameter group 'AXIS/s/TICKS/MAJOR.',
+C which determines the positioning and appearance of the major ticks on
+C a particular axis.
+C
+c     DATA QBTD(1)/1E36/ , QBTD(2)/1E36/ , QBTD(3)/1E36/ , QBTD(4)/1E36/
+c     DATA BASD(1)/1E36/ , BASD(2)/1E36/ , BASD(3)/1E36/ , BASD(4)/1E36/
+c     DATA QMJD(1)/ 6. / , QMJD(2)/ 6. / , QMJD(3)/ 6. / , QMJD(4)/ 6. /
+c     DATA QJDP(1)/1E36/ , QJDP(2)/1E36/ , QJDP(3)/1E36/ , QJDP(4)/1E36/
+c     DATA WMJL(1)/ 0. / , WMJL(2)/ 0. / , WMJL(3)/ 0. / , WMJL(4)/ 0. /
+c     DATA WMJR(1)/.015/ , WMJR(2)/.015/ , WMJR(3)/.015/ , WMJR(4)/.015/
+      QBTD(1) = 1E36
+      QBTD(2) = 1E36
+      QBTD(3) = 1E36
+      QBTD(4) = 1E36
+      BASD(1) = 1E36
+      BASD(2) = 1E36
+      BASD(3) = 1E36
+      BASD(4) = 1E36
+      QMJD(1) =  6. 
+      QMJD(2) =  6. 
+      QMJD(3) =  6. 
+      QMJD(4) =  6. 
+      QJDP(1) = 1E36
+      QJDP(2) = 1E36
+      QJDP(3) = 1E36
+      QJDP(4) = 1E36
+      WMJL(1) =  0. 
+      WMJL(2) =  0. 
+      WMJL(3) =  0. 
+      WMJL(4) =  0. 
+      WMJR(1) = .015
+      WMJR(2) = .015
+      WMJR(3) = .015
+      WMJR(4) = .015
+C
+C The values of QMND(i), QNDP(i), WMNL(i), and WMNR(i) together define
+C the control-parameter group 'AXIS/s/TICKS/MINOR.', which determines
+C the positioning and appearance of the major ticks on a particular
+C axis.
+C
+c     DATA QMND(1)/1E36/ , QMND(2)/1E36/ , QMND(3)/1E36/ , QMND(4)/1E36/
+c     DATA QNDP(1)/1E36/ , QNDP(2)/1E36/ , QNDP(3)/1E36/ , QNDP(4)/1E36/
+c     DATA WMNL(1)/ 0. / , WMNL(2)/ 0. / , WMNL(3)/ 0. / , WMNL(4)/ 0. /
+c     DATA WMNR(1)/.010/ , WMNR(2)/.010/ , WMNR(3)/.010/ , WMNR(4)/.010/
+      QMND(1) = 1E36
+      QMND(2) = 1E36
+      QMND(3) = 1E36
+      QMND(4) = 1E36
+      QNDP(1) = 1E36
+      QNDP(2) = 1E36
+      QNDP(3) = 1E36
+      QNDP(4) = 1E36
+      WMNL(1) =  0. 
+      WMNL(2) =  0. 
+      WMNL(3) =  0. 
+      WMNL(4) =  0. 
+      WMNR(1) = .010
+      WMNR(2) = .010
+      WMNR(3) = .010
+      WMNR(4) = .010
+C
+C The values of QLTD(i), QLED(i), QLFD(i), QLOF(i), QLOS(i), DNLA(i),
+C WCLM(i), and WCLE(i) together define the control-parameter group
+C 'AXIS/s/NUMERIC.', which determines the positioning and appearance of
+C the numeric labels on a particular axis.
+C
+c     DATA QLTD(1)/1E36/ , QLTD(2)/  0./ , QLTD(3)/1E36/ , QLTD(4)/  0./
+c     DATA QLED(1)/1E36/ , QLED(2)/1E36/ , QLED(3)/1E36/ , QLED(4)/1E36/
+c     DATA QLFD(1)/1E36/ , QLFD(2)/1E36/ , QLFD(3)/1E36/ , QLFD(4)/1E36/
+c     DATA QLOF(1)/ 0. / , QLOF(2)/ 0. / , QLOF(3)/ 0. / , QLOF(4)/ 0. /
+c     DATA QLOS(1)/ 90./ , QLOS(2)/ 90./ , QLOS(3)/ 90./ , QLOS(4)/ 90./
+c     DATA DNLA(1)/.015/ , DNLA(2)/.015/ , DNLA(3)/.015/ , DNLA(4)/.015/
+c     DATA WCLM(1)/.015/ , WCLM(2)/.015/ , WCLM(3)/.015/ , WCLM(4)/.015/
+c     DATA WCLE(1)/.010/ , WCLE(2)/.010/ , WCLE(3)/.010/ , WCLE(4)/.010/
+      QLTD(1) = 1E36
+      QLTD(2) =   0.
+      QLTD(3) = 1E36
+      QLTD(4) =   0.
+      QLED(1) = 1E36
+      QLED(2) = 1E36
+      QLED(3) = 1E36
+      QLED(4) = 1E36
+      QLFD(1) = 1E36
+      QLFD(2) = 1E36
+      QLFD(3) = 1E36
+      QLFD(4) = 1E36
+      QLOF(1) =  0. 
+      QLOF(2) =  0. 
+      QLOF(3) =  0. 
+      QLOF(4) =  0. 
+      QLOS(1) =  90.
+      QLOS(2) =  90.
+      QLOS(3) =  90.
+      QLOS(4) =  90.
+      DNLA(1) = .015
+      DNLA(2) = .015
+      DNLA(3) = .015
+      DNLA(4) = .015
+      WCLM(1) = .015
+      WCLM(2) = .015
+      WCLM(3) = .015
+      WCLM(4) = .015
+      WCLE(1) = .010
+      WCLE(2) = .010
+      WCLE(3) = .010
+      WCLE(4) = .010
+C
+C QODP defines the control parameter 'DASH/SELECTOR.', the sign of which
+C determines which set of dash patterns is used by EZMY and EZMXY (the
+C alphabetic set or the user-specified set); if the user-specified set
+C is selected, the magnitude of QODP determines how many of them are to
+C be used.
+C
+c     DATA QODP / 1. /
+      QODP = 1. 
+C
+C QCDP defines the control parameter 'DASH/LENGTH.', which specifies the
+C assumed length of dash patterns tendered to AUTOGRAPH.
+C
+c     DATA QCDP / 8. /
+      QCDP =  8. 
+C
+C WOCD and WODQ define the control parameters 'DASH/CHARACTER.' and
+C 'DASH/DOLLAR-QUOTE.', which specify the widths of characters used in
+C character-string dash patterns.
+C
+c     DATA WOCD / .010 / , WODQ / .010 /
+      WOCD = .010 
+      WODQ = .010
+C
+C QDSH defines the control-parameter group 'DASH/PATTERN.'.  Each value,
+C if positive, defines a binary dash pattern, and, if negative, serves
+C as an identifier in retrieving a character-string dash pattern.
+C
+c     DATA QDSH / 26*65535. /
+      do 20, ijk = 1, 26
+  20      QDSH(ijk) = 65535.
+C
+C QDLB defines the control parameter 'LABEL/CONTROL.', which specifies
+C what may be done with informational labels in response to overlap
+C problems.
+C
+c     DATA QDLB /2./
+      QDLB = 2.
+C
+C QBIM defines the control parameter 'LABEL/BUFFER/LENGTH.' and must
+C be equal to the second dimension of the array FLLB.
+C
+c     DATA QBIM / 8. /
+      QBIM =  8.
+C
+C QBAN defines the control parameter 'LABEL/NAME.'; its value is really
+C a pointer into the label list.  The default value, zero, means that
+C the pointer has not been set.
+C
+c     DATA QBAN / 0. /
+      QBAN =  0.
+C
+C QLLN defines the control parameter 'LINE/MAXIMUM.' - the assumed
+C maximum length of character strings intended for use as the text of a
+C line of a label.
+C
+c     DATA QLLN /40./
+      QLLN = 40.
+C
+C TCLN defines the control parameter 'LINE/TERMINATOR.' - which is used
+C to mark the end of character strings intended for use as the text of a
+C line of a label.  It is initialized in AGINIT.
+C
+C QNIM defines the control parameter 'LINE/BUFFER/LENGTH.' and must be
+C equal to the second dimension of FLLN.
+C
+c     DATA QNIM / 16. /
+      QNIM =  16.
+C
+C QNAN defines the control parameter 'LINE/NUMBER.'; its value is really
+C a pointer into the line list.  The default value, zero, says that the
+C pointer has not been set.
+C
+c     DATA QNAN / 0. /
+      QNAN =  0.
+C
+C (FLLB(I,1),I=1,10) and (FLLN(I,1),I=1,6) define the label to the left
+C of the grid.  The name, in FLLB(1,1), and the line text, in FLLN(4,1),
+C must be filled in by AGINIT.
+C
+c     DATA FLLB( 1,1)/   0./ , FLLB( 2,1)/   0./ , FLLB( 3,1)/   0./ ,
+c    +     FLLB( 4,1)/   .5/ , FLLB( 5,1)/-.015/ , FLLB( 6,1)/   0./ ,
+c    +     FLLB( 7,1)/  90./ , FLLB( 8,1)/   0./ , FLLB( 9,1)/   1./ ,
+c    +     FLLB(10,1)/   1./ , FLLN( 1,1)/+100./ , FLLN( 2,1)/   0./ ,
+c    +     FLLN( 3,1)/ .015/ , FLLN( 4,1)/  -2./ , FLLN( 5,1)/   1./ ,
+c    +     FLLN( 6,1)/   0./
+           FLLB( 1,1) = 0.
+           FLLB( 2,1) = 0.
+           FLLB( 3,1) = 0.
+           FLLB( 4,1) = .5
+           FLLB( 5,1) = -.015
+           FLLB( 6,1) = 0.
+           FLLB( 7,1) = 90.
+           FLLB( 8,1) = 0.
+           FLLB( 9,1) = 1.
+           FLLB(10,1) = 1.
+           FLLN( 1,1) = +100.
+           FLLN( 2,1) = 0.
+           FLLN( 3,1) = .015
+           FLLN( 4,1) = -2.
+           FLLN( 5,1) = 1.
+           FLLN( 6,1) = 0.
+C
+C (FLLB(I,2),I=1,10) and (FLLN(I,2),I=1,6) define the label to the right
+C of the grid.  The name, in FLLB(1,2), and the line text, in FLLN(4,2),
+C must be filled in by AGINIT.
+C
+c     DATA FLLB( 1,2)/   0./ , FLLB( 2,2)/   0./ , FLLB( 3,2)/   1./ ,
+c    +     FLLB( 4,2)/   .5/ , FLLB( 5,2)/+.015/ , FLLB( 6,2)/   0./ ,
+c    +     FLLB( 7,2)/  90./ , FLLB( 8,2)/   0./ , FLLB( 9,2)/   1./ ,
+c    +     FLLB(10,2)/   2./ , FLLN( 1,2)/-100./ , FLLN( 2,2)/   0./ ,
+c    +     FLLN( 3,2)/ .015/ , FLLN( 4,2)/  -3./ , FLLN( 5,2)/   0./ ,
+c    +     FLLN( 6,2)/   0./
+           FLLB( 1,2) =  0.
+           FLLB( 2,2) =  0.
+           FLLB( 3,2) =  1.
+           FLLB( 4,2) =  .5
+           FLLB( 5,2) = +.015
+           FLLB( 6,2) =  0.
+           FLLB( 7,2) = 90.
+           FLLB( 8,2) =  0.
+           FLLB( 9,2) =  1.
+           FLLB(10,2) =  2.
+           FLLN( 1,2) = -100.
+           FLLN( 2,2) =  0.
+           FLLN( 3,2) =  .015
+           FLLN( 4,2) =  -3.
+           FLLN( 5,2) =  0.
+           FLLN( 6,2) =  0.
+C
+C (FLLB(I,3),I=1,10) and (FLLN(I,3),I=1,6) define the label below the
+C grid.  The name, in FLLB(1,3), and the line text, in FLLN(4,3), must
+C be filled in by AGINIT.
+C
+c     DATA FLLB( 1,3)/   0./ , FLLB( 2,3)/   0./ , FLLB( 3,3)/   .5/ ,
+c    +     FLLB( 4,3)/   0./ , FLLB( 5,3)/   0./ , FLLB( 6,3)/-.015/ ,
+c    +     FLLB( 7,3)/   0./ , FLLB( 8,3)/   0./ , FLLB( 9,3)/   1./ ,
+c    +     FLLB(10,3)/   3./ , FLLN( 1,3)/-100./ , FLLN( 2,3)/   0./ ,
+c    +     FLLN( 3,3)/ .015/ , FLLN( 4,3)/  -1./ , FLLN( 5,3)/   1./ ,
+c    +     FLLN( 6,3)/   0./
+           FLLB( 1,3) =  0.
+           FLLB( 2,3) =  0.
+           FLLB( 3,3) = .5
+           FLLB( 4,3) =  0.
+           FLLB( 5,3) =  0.
+           FLLB( 6,3) = -.015
+           FLLB( 7,3) =  0.
+           FLLB( 8,3) =  0.
+           FLLB( 9,3) =  1.
+           FLLB(10,3) =  3.
+           FLLN( 1,3) = -100.
+           FLLN( 2,3) =  0.
+           FLLN( 3,3) =  .015
+           FLLN( 4,3) =   -1.
+           FLLN( 5,3) =  1.
+           FLLN( 6,3) =  0.
+C
+C (FLLB(I,4),I=1,10) and (FLLN(I,4),I=1,6) define the label above the
+C grid.  The name, in FLLB(1,4), and the line text, in FLLN(4,4), must
+C be filled in by AGINIT.
+C
+c     DATA FLLB( 1,4)/   0./ , FLLB( 2,4)/   0./ , FLLB( 3,4)/   .5/ ,
+c    +     FLLB( 4,4)/   1./ , FLLB( 5,4)/   0./ , FLLB( 6,4)/+.020/ ,
+c    +     FLLB( 7,4)/   0./ , FLLB( 8,4)/   0./ , FLLB( 9,4)/   1./ ,
+c    +     FLLB(10,4)/   4./ , FLLN( 1,4)/+100./ , FLLN( 2,4)/   0./ ,
+c    +     FLLN( 3,4)/ .020/ , FLLN( 4,4)/  -3./ , FLLN( 5,4)/   0./ ,
+c    +     FLLN( 6,4)/   0./
+           FLLB( 1,4) =  0.
+           FLLB( 2,4) =  0.
+           FLLB( 3,4) =  .5
+           FLLB( 4,4) =  1.
+           FLLB( 5,4) =  0.
+           FLLB( 6,4) = +.020
+           FLLB( 7,4) =  0.
+           FLLB( 8,4) =  0.
+           FLLB( 9,4) =  1.
+           FLLB(10,4) =  4.
+           FLLN( 1,4) = +100.
+           FLLN( 2,4) =  0.
+           FLLN( 3,4) =  .020
+           FLLN( 4,4) =  -3.
+           FLLN( 5,4) =  0.
+           FLLN( 6,4) =  0.
+C
+C Certain secondary parameters must be initialized to prevent bombing.
+C
+c     DATA QBTP(1)/  0./ , QBTP(2)/  0./ , QBTP(3)/  0./ , QBTP(4)/  0./
+c     DATA BASE(1)/  0./ , BASE(2)/  0./ , BASE(3)/  0./ , BASE(4)/  0./
+c     DATA QMNT(1)/  0./ , QMNT(2)/  0./ , QMNT(3)/  0./ , QMNT(4)/  0./
+c     DATA QLTP(1)/  0./ , QLTP(2)/  0./ , QLTP(3)/  0./ , QLTP(4)/  0./
+c     DATA QLEX(1)/  0./ , QLEX(2)/  0./ , QLEX(3)/  0./ , QLEX(4)/  0./
+c     DATA QLFL(1)/  0./ , QLFL(2)/  0./ , QLFL(3)/  0./ , QLFL(4)/  0./
+c     DATA QCIM(1)/  0./ , QCIM(2)/  0./ , QCIM(3)/  0./ , QCIM(4)/  0./
+c     DATA QCIE(1)/  0./ , QCIE(2)/  0./ , QCIE(3)/  0./ , QCIE(4)/  0./
+c     DATA RFNL(1)/  0./ , RFNL(2)/  0./ , RFNL(3)/  0./ , RFNL(4)/  0./
+c     DATA QLUA(1)/  0./ , QLUA(2)/  0./ , QLUA(3)/  0./ , QLUA(4)/  0./
+      QBTP(1) =   0.
+      QBTP(2) =   0.
+      QBTP(3) =   0.
+      QBTP(4) =   0.
+      BASE(1) =   0.
+      BASE(2) =   0.
+      BASE(3) =   0.
+      BASE(4) =   0.
+      QMNT(1) =   0.
+      QMNT(2) =   0.
+      QMNT(3) =   0.
+      QMNT(4) =   0.
+      QLTP(1) =   0.
+      QLTP(2) =   0.
+      QLTP(3) =   0.
+      QLTP(4) =   0.
+      QLEX(1) =   0.
+      QLEX(2) =   0.
+      QLEX(3) =   0.
+      QLEX(4) =   0.
+      QLFL(1) =   0.
+      QLFL(2) =   0.
+      QLFL(3) =   0.
+      QLFL(4) =   0.
+      QCIM(1) =   0.
+      QCIM(2) =   0.
+      QCIM(3) =   0.
+      QCIM(4) =   0.
+      QCIE(1) =   0.
+      QCIE(2) =   0.
+      QCIE(3) =   0.
+      QCIE(4) =   0.
+      RFNL(1) =   0.
+      RFNL(2) =   0.
+      RFNL(3) =   0.
+      RFNL(4) =   0.
+      QLUA(1) =   0.
+      QLUA(2) =   0.
+      QLUA(3) =   0.
+      QLUA(4) =   0.
+C
+C SMRL and ISLD are set by the routine AGINIT (which see, below).
+C
+C MWCL, MWCM, MWCE, MDLA, MWCD, and MWDQ are the minimum widths of label
+C characters, mantissa characters, exponent characters, label-to-axis
+C distances, dash-pattern characters, and dash-pattern spaces, respect-
+C ively (in the plotter coordinate system).
+C
+c     DATA MWCL /8/, MWCM /8/, MWCE /8/, MDLA /8/, MWCD /8/, MWDQ /8/
+      MWCL = 8
+      MWCM = 8
+      MWCE = 8
+      MDLA = 8
+      MWCD = 8
+      MWDQ = 8
+C
+C INIF is an initialization flag, set non-zero to indicate that the
+C routine AGINIT has been executed to set the values of AUTOGRAPH
+C parameters which, for one reason or another, cannot be preset by
+C this block data routine.
+C
+c     DATA INIF / 0 /
+      INIF =  0 
+C
+C CHS1 and CHS2 are used within AUTOGRAPH when manipulating character
+C strings retrieved by calls to AGGTCH.  They need not be preset.
+C
+C LNIC is the second dimension of the array (INCH) which holds an index
+C of the character strings stored by AGSTCH.
+C
+c     DATA LNIC / 50 /
+      LNIC = 50 
+C
+C INCH is an index of character strings currently stored in CHRA.  Each
+C entry has the following format:
+C
+C    INCH(1,I), if non-zero, is the index, in the array CHRA, of the
+C    first character of the Ith character string.
+C
+C    INCH(2,I) is the length of the Ith character string.
+C
+c     DATA (INCH(1,I),I=1,50) / 50*0 /
+c     DATA (INCH(2,I),I=1,50) / 50*0 /
+      do 10, ijk = 1, 50
+        inch (1, ijk) = 0
+        inch (2, ijk) = 0
+  10  continue
+C
+C LNCA is the size of the array (CHRA) in which AGSTCH stores character
+C strings.
+C
+c     DATA LNCA / 2000 /
+      LNCA =  2000 
+C
+C INCA is the index of the last character used in CHRA.
+C
+c     DATA INCA / 0 /
+      INCA =  0 
+C
+C CHRA holds character strings stored by AGSTCH.  It need not be pre-set
+C to anything.
+C
+      return
+c 
+      entry initag
+      first = .true.
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agdlch.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agdlch.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..78a96c8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agdlch.f
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGDLCH (IDCS)
+C
+C This routine deletes character strings previously stored by the
+C routine AGSTCH (which see).  It has the following argument:
+C
+C -- IDCS is the identifying integer returned by AGSTCH when the string
+C    was stored.
+C
+C The following common blocks contain variables which are required for
+C the character-storage-and-retrieval scheme of AUTOGRAPH.
+C
+      COMMON /AGCHR1/ LNIC,INCH(2,50),LNCA,INCA
+C
+      COMMON /AGCHR2/ CHRA(2000)
+C
+      CHARACTER*1 CHRA
+C
+C Only if the identifier is between -LNIC and -1, inclusive, was the
+C string ever stored, so that it needs to be deleted.  If the string is
+C the last one in CHRA, we can just set INCA to point to the position
+C preceding it; otherwise, we zero out the string but don't bother to
+C collapse CHRA, which will happen in AGSTCH when the space is needed
+C again.  In either case, the index entry in INCH is zeroed.
+C
+      IF (IDCS.GE.(-LNIC).AND.IDCS.LE.(-1)) THEN
+        I=-IDCS
+        J=INCH(1,I)
+        IF (J.GT.0) THEN
+          K=J+INCH(2,I)-1
+          IF (K.EQ.INCA) THEN
+            INCA=J-1
+          ELSE
+            DO 101 L=J,K
+              CHRA(L)=CHAR(0)
+  101       CONTINUE
+          END IF
+          INCH(1,I)=0
+        END IF
+      END IF
+C
+C Done.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agdshn.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agdshn.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a20a5dfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agdshn.f
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      CHARACTER*16 FUNCTION AGDSHN (IDSH)
+C
+C The value of this function is the name of the dash pattern numbered
+C IDSH - that is to say, the character string 'DASH/PATTERN/n.', where
+C n is an integer between 1 and 99, equal to MAX0(1,MIN0(99,IDSH)).
+C
+      AGDSHN='DASH/PATTERN/  .'
+C
+      KDSH=MAX0(1,MIN0(99,IDSH))
+C
+      DO 101 I=15,14,-1
+        AGDSHN(I:I)=CHAR(ICHAR('0')+MOD(KDSH,10))
+        IF (KDSH.LE.9) GO TO 102
+        KDSH=KDSH/10
+  101 CONTINUE
+C
+  102 RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agexax.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agexax.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b16e2319
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agexax.f
@@ -0,0 +1,415 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGEXAX (IAXS,SVAL,UMIN,UMAX,NICE,QLUA,FUNS,QBTP,BASD,
+     +                   BASE,QMJD,QMND,QMNT,QLTD,QLTP,QLED,QLEX,QLFD,
+     +                   QLFL,QMIN,QMAX)
+C
+      DIMENSION SVAL(2)
+C
+C The routine AGEXAX is used by AGSTUP to examine the parameters which
+C determine how a given axis is tick-marked and labelled and to provide
+C default values for missing ones.  Its arguments are as follows:
+C
+C -- IAXS is the number of the axis being drawn - 1, 2, 3, or 4.
+C
+C -- SVAL is the array of special values.
+C
+C -- UMIN and UMAX are the minimum and maximum values along the axis, in
+C    the user coordinate system.  Rounded values of UMIN and UMAX are
+C    returned in QMIN and QMAX if the following argument (NICE) is zero.
+C
+C -- NICE is a flag indicating whether rounded values of UMIN and UMAX
+C    are to be returned (NICE.EQ.0) or not (NICE.NE.0).
+C
+C -- LLUA and FUNS specify the user-system-to-label-system mapping along
+C    the axis.  See the routine AGAXIS for a discussion of them.
+C
+C -- NBTP, BASD, BASE, and NMJD are used to determine the positioning of
+C    major tick marks in the label coordinate system.  NBTP and BASE are
+C    described in the routine AGNUMB.  BASD is the desired value of BASE
+C    supplied by the user.  If BASD has a null value, BASE is computed
+C    by AGEXAX.  NMJD is a user-supplied-or-defaulted parameter giving
+C    the approximate number of major ticks (and therefore the number of
+C    numeric labels) to be placed on the axis.
+C
+C -- NMND and NMNT are the desired and actual (to be determined) number
+C    of minor ticks per major division.  See discussion in AGAXIS.
+C
+C -- NLTD, NLTP, NLED, NLEX, NLFD, and NLFL are desired and actual (to
+C    be determined) values of the parameters describing the form to be
+C    used for numeric labels.  See discussion in AGNUMB.
+C
+C -- QMIN and QMAX are rounded values of UMIN and UMAX, returned only if
+C    NICE.EQ.0.
+C
+C The following common block contains AUTOGRAPH variables which are
+C not control parameters.  The only one used here is SMRL, which is a
+C (machine-dependent) small real which, when added to a number in the
+C range (1,10), will round it upward without seriously affecting the
+C leading significant digits.  The object of this is to get rid of
+C strings of nines.
+C
+      COMMON /AGORIP/ SMRL , ISLD , MWCL,MWCM,MWCE,MDLA,MWCD,MWDQ ,
+     +                INIF
+C
+C The arrays BASP and NMNP specify possible default values for BASE and
+C NMNT when NBTP.EQ.1.
+C
+      DIMENSION BASP(5),NMNP(5)
+C
+      DATA BASP(1) / 10. / , NMNP(1) / 1 / ,
+     *     BASP(2) /  5. / , NMNP(2) / 4 / ,
+     *     BASP(3) /  2. / , NMNP(3) / 1 / ,
+     *     BASP(4) /  1. / , NMNP(4) / 1 / ,
+     *     BASP(5) /  .5 / , NMNP(5) / 4 /
+C
+C If the parameter NBTP is zero, tick marks and labels are suppressed.
+C
+      NBTP=IFIX(QBTP)
+      IF (NBTP.EQ.0) RETURN
+C
+C Unpack integer values from floating-point arguments.
+C
+      LLUA=IFIX(QLUA)
+      NMJD=IFIX(QMJD)
+      IF (QMND.NE.SVAL(1).AND.QMND.NE.SVAL(2)) NMND=IFIX(QMND)
+      NMNT=0
+      IF (QLTD.NE.SVAL(1).AND.QLTD.NE.SVAL(2)) NLTD=IFIX(QLTD)
+      NLTP=0
+      IF (QLED.NE.SVAL(1).AND.QLED.NE.SVAL(2)) NLED=IFIX(QLED)
+      NLEX=0
+      IF (QLFD.NE.SVAL(1).AND.QLFD.NE.SVAL(2)) NLFD=IFIX(QLFD)
+      NLFL=0
+C
+C Compute label-coordinate-system values at the ends of the axis.
+C
+      CALL AGUTOL (IAXS,FUNS,1,UMIN,VMIN)
+      CALL AGUTOL (IAXS,FUNS,1,UMAX,VMAX)
+C
+C Error if the label-coordinate-system values are equal.
+C
+      IF (VMIN.EQ.VMAX) GO TO 901
+C
+C If a special value is specified for the parameter BASD, AGEXAX must
+C pick a value for the parameter BASE.
+C
+      IF (BASD.EQ.SVAL(1).OR.BASD.EQ.SVAL(2)) GO TO 101
+C
+C The user has specified a value for the parameter BASE.  If that value
+C is less than or equal to zero, tick marks and labels are suppressed.
+C
+      BASE=AMAX1(0.,BASD)
+      IF (BASE.EQ.0.) RETURN
+      NMNT=0
+      GO TO 108
+C
+C Pick a value for the parameter BASE, depending on the number type.
+C
+  101 GO TO (102,105,106) , NBTP
+C
+C Major ticks and labels are at numbers of the form (-) BASE * EXMU.
+C
+  102 NMJD=MAX0(0,NMJD)
+C
+C Compute an approximate value for BASE.
+C
+      FTMP=ABS(VMAX-VMIN)/FLOAT(NMJD+1)
+C
+C Reduce the approximate value to the form FTMP * 10 ** ITMP.
+C
+      ASSIGN 103 TO JMP1
+      GO TO 200
+C
+C Pick a reasonable value for BASE (1., 2., OR 5. * 10**ITMP).
+C
+  103 DO 104 I=1,5
+        IF (FTMP.LT.BASP(I)) GO TO 104
+        BASE=BASP(I)*SNGL(10.D0**ITMP)
+        NMNT=NMNP(I)
+        GO TO 107
+  104 CONTINUE
+C
+C Major ticks and labels are at numbers of the form (-) BASE * 10**EXMU.
+C
+  105 BASE=1.
+      NMNT=8
+      GO TO 107
+C
+C Major ticks and labels are at numbers of the form (-) BASE**EXMU.
+C
+  106 BASE=10.
+      NMNT=8
+C
+  107 IF (BASD.EQ.SVAL(2)) BASD=BASE
+C
+  108 IF (QMND.NE.SVAL(1).AND.QMND.NE.SVAL(2)) NMNT=MAX0(0,NMND)
+      IF (QMND.EQ.SVAL(2)) QMND=FLOAT(NMNT)
+C
+C If the user wants nice values at the axis ends, reset UMIN and UMAX.
+C
+      IF (NICE.NE.0) GO TO 115
+C
+      LOOP=0
+C
+      WMIN=VMIN
+      WMAX=VMAX
+C
+      GO TO (109,110,112) , NBTP
+C
+  109 EMIN=VMIN/BASE+.5+SIGN(.5,VMIN-VMAX)
+      EMIN=EMIN-.5+SIGN(.5,EMIN)-SIGN(SMRL*EMIN,VMIN-VMAX)
+      WMIN=BASE*(EMIN-AMOD(EMIN,1.))
+      EMAX=VMAX/BASE+.5+SIGN(.5,VMAX-VMIN)
+      EMAX=EMAX-.5+SIGN(.5,EMAX)-SIGN(SMRL*EMAX,VMAX-VMIN)
+      WMAX=BASE*(EMAX-AMOD(EMAX,1.))
+      GO TO 114
+C
+  110 IF (VMIN.EQ.0.) GO TO 111
+      EMIN=ALOG10(ABS(VMIN)/BASE)+.5+SIGN(.5,VMIN*(VMIN-VMAX))
+      EMIN=EMIN-.5+SIGN(.5,EMIN)-SIGN(SMRL*EMIN,VMIN*(VMIN-VMAX))
+      WMIN=SIGN(BASE,VMIN)*10.**(EMIN-AMOD(EMIN,1.))
+  111 IF (VMAX.EQ.0.) GO TO 114
+      EMAX=ALOG10(ABS(VMAX)/BASE)+.5+SIGN(.5,VMAX*(VMAX-VMIN))
+      EMAX=EMAX-.5+SIGN(.5,EMAX)-SIGN(SMRL*EMAX,VMAX*(VMAX-VMIN))
+      WMAX=SIGN(BASE,VMAX)*10.**(EMAX-AMOD(EMAX,1.))
+      GO TO 114
+C
+  112 IF (BASE.EQ.1.) GO TO 115
+      IF (VMIN.EQ.0.) GO TO 113
+      EMIN=ALOG10(ABS(VMIN))/ALOG10(BASE)+.5+SIGN(.5,VMIN*(VMIN-VMAX))
+      EMIN=EMIN-.5+SIGN(.5,EMIN)-SIGN(SMRL*EMIN,VMIN*(VMIN-VMAX))
+      WMIN=SIGN(1.,VMIN)*BASE**(EMIN-AMOD(EMIN,1.))
+  113 IF (VMAX.EQ.0.) GO TO 114
+      EMAX=ALOG10(ABS(VMAX))/ALOG10(BASE)+.5+SIGN(.5,VMAX*(VMAX-VMIN))
+      EMAX=EMAX-.5+SIGN(.5,EMAX)-SIGN(SMRL*EMAX,VMAX*(VMAX-VMIN))
+      WMAX=SIGN(1.,VMAX)*BASE**(EMAX-AMOD(EMAX,1.))
+C
+C Re-compute the user-coordinate-system minimum and maximum values.
+C
+  114 CALL AGUTOL (IAXS,FUNS,-1,WMIN,QMIN)
+      CALL AGUTOL (IAXS,FUNS,-1,WMAX,QMAX)
+C
+C Test for problems with nice values chosen.
+C
+      IF (QMIN.LT.QMAX) GO TO 140
+      IF (QMIN.GT.QMAX) GO TO 901
+C
+C We have a pathological case - user values are clustered very close to
+C a label position.  See what can be done about it.
+C
+      LOOP=LOOP+1
+      IF (LOOP.GT.1) GO TO 901
+C
+      GO TO (137,138,139) , NBTP
+C
+  137 VMIN=VMIN+SIGN(BASE,VMIN-VMAX)
+      VMAX=VMAX+SIGN(BASE,VMAX-VMIN)
+      GO TO 109
+C
+  138 VMIN=VMIN*10.**SIGN(1.,VMIN*(VMIN-VMAX))
+      VMAX=VMAX*10.**SIGN(1.,VMAX*(VMAX-VMIN))
+      GO TO 110
+C
+  139 VMIN=VMIN*BASE**SIGN(1.,VMIN*(VMIN-VMAX))
+      VMAX=VMAX*BASE**SIGN(1.,VMAX*(VMAX-VMIN))
+      GO TO 112
+C
+  140 VMIN=WMIN
+      VMAX=WMAX
+C
+C Now we examine the parameters defining the appearance of the numeric
+C labels.  If the numeric-label type is zero, there is no more to do.
+C
+  115 IF (QLTD.EQ.SVAL(1).OR.QLTD.EQ.SVAL(2)) GO TO 116
+      NLTP=MAX0(0,MIN0(3,NLTD))
+      IF (NLTP.EQ.0) GO TO 136
+C
+C The numeric-label type (NLTP) is specified.  If both the numeric-label
+C exponent and numeric-label fraction-length are also specified, quit.
+C
+      NLEX=NLED
+      NLFL=NLFD
+      IF (QLED.NE.SVAL(1).AND.QLED.NE.SVAL(2).AND.
+     +    QLFD.NE.SVAL(1).AND.QLFD.NE.SVAL(2)       ) GO TO 136
+      GO TO 117
+C
+C We must pick a value for the numeric-label type.  Start with the dummy
+C value 4 so as to jump to the proper piece of code.
+C
+  116 NLTP=4
+C
+C Reduce the value of BASE to the form RBSE * 10**KBSE, where RBSE is
+C in the range (1,10) and KBSE is an integer.
+C
+  117 FTMP=BASE
+      ASSIGN 118 TO JMP1
+      GO TO 200
+C
+  118 RBSE=FTMP
+      KBSE=ITMP
+C
+C Compute LBSE = the number of significant digits in RBSE.
+C
+      ASSIGN 119 TO JMP2
+      GO TO 300
+C
+  119 LBSE=1+ITMP
+C
+C Jump depending on the value of the numeric-label type.
+C
+      GO TO (120,128,131,132) , NLTP
+C
+C Scientific notation is to be used.  Estimate the number of significant
+C digits that are likely to be required, depending on the number type.
+C
+  120 GO TO (121,123,124) , NBTP
+C
+  121 FTMP=AMAX1(ABS(VMIN),ABS(VMAX))/BASE
+      ASSIGN 122 TO JMP1
+      GO TO 200
+C
+  122 NSIG=MAX0(1,ITMP+1+LBSE)
+      GO TO 125
+C
+  123 NSIG=LBSE
+      GO TO 125
+C
+  124 NSIG=10
+C
+C NLEX + NLFL should be equal to NSIG.  Make that the case.
+C
+  125 IF (QLED.NE.SVAL(1).AND.QLED.NE.SVAL(2)) GO TO 127
+      IF (QLFD.EQ.SVAL(1).OR. QLFD.EQ.SVAL(2)) GO TO 126
+      NLEX=NSIG-MAX0(0,NLFL)
+      GO TO 135
+  126 NLEX=1
+  127 NLFL=NSIG-NLEX
+      IF (NLFL.LE.0) NLFL=-1
+      GO TO 135
+C
+C Exponential notation is to be used.  Compute the exponent NEXP such
+C that BASE / 10**NEXP is an integer.
+C
+  128 NEXP=KBSE-LBSE+1
+C
+C NLEX - NLFL should be equal to NEXP.  Make that the case.  (Note that,
+C if NBTP is 3, NLEX is forced to zero.)
+C
+      IF (NBTP.EQ.3) NLEX=0
+C
+      IF (QLFD.NE.SVAL(1).AND.QLFD.NE.SVAL(2)) GO TO 129
+      IF (QLED.NE.SVAL(1).AND.QLED.NE.SVAL(2)) GO TO 130
+      NLFL=-1
+  129 NLEX=MAX0(0,NLFL)+NEXP
+      GO TO 135
+  130 NLFL=NLEX-NEXP
+      IF (NLFL.LE.0) NLFL=-1
+      GO TO 135
+C
+C No-exponent notation is to be used.  NLFL is the only parameter we
+C need to worry about.  If it is already set, quit.
+C
+  131 IF (QLFD.NE.SVAL(1).AND.QLFD.NE.SVAL(2)) GO TO 136
+C
+C Set NLFL to the actual number of digits in the fractional portion of
+C BASE.
+C
+      NLFL=LBSE-KBSE-1
+      IF (NLFL.LE.0) NLFL=-1
+      GO TO 135
+C
+C We must pick a value for the numeric-label type, depending on the
+C number type.
+C
+  132 GO TO (133,134,134) , NBTP
+C
+C Nunbers are of the form (-) BASE * EXMU.  Use labels with no exponent
+C unless the use of an exponent would result in shorter labels.
+C
+  133 IF (MAX0(KBSE+1-LBSE,-KBSE-1).GT.4) GO TO 134
+      NLTP=3
+      NLFL=LBSE-KBSE-1
+      IF (NLFL.LE.0) NLFL=-1
+      GO TO 135
+C
+C Exponential notation is used.
+C
+  134 NLTP=2
+      NLEX=KBSE-LBSE+1
+      NLFL=-1
+C
+C Back-store the computed parameters, if requested, and return.
+C
+  135 IF (QLTD.EQ.SVAL(2)) QLTD=FLOAT(NLTP)
+      IF (QLED.EQ.SVAL(2)) QLED=FLOAT(NLEX)
+      IF (QLFD.EQ.SVAL(2)) QLFD=FLOAT(NLFL)
+C
+C Pack up integer values to floating-point arguments and return.
+C
+  136 QMNT=FLOAT(NMNT)
+      QLTP=FLOAT(NLTP)
+      QLEX=FLOAT(NLEX)
+      QLFL=FLOAT(NLFL)
+      RETURN
+C
+C *-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+C
+C This internal procedure reduces the number (FTMP) to the range (1,10),
+C returning (FTMP) and (ITMP) such that (FTMP) * 10**(ITMP) is equal to
+C the original value of (FTMP).  (FTMP) must be positive.
+C
+  200 FTM1=ALOG10(FTMP+SMRL*FTMP)
+      IF (FTM1.LT.0.) FTM1=FTM1-1.
+      ITMP=IFIX(FTM1)
+      FTMP=AMAX1(1.,FTMP*SNGL(10.D0**(-ITMP)))
+      GO TO JMP1 , (103,118,122)
+C
+C *-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+C
+C This internal procedure counts the number of digits in the fractional
+C portion of (FTMP), returning the count as the value of (ITMP).
+C
+  300 FTM1=AMOD(FTMP+SMRL*FTMP,1.)
+      FTM2=10.*SMRL*FTMP
+      ITMP=0
+C
+  301 IF (FTM1.LT.FTM2) GO TO 302
+      ITMP=ITMP+1
+      IF (ITMP.GE.10) GO TO 302
+      FTM1=AMOD(10.*FTM1,1.)
+      FTM2=10.*FTM2
+      GO TO 301
+C
+  302 GO TO JMP2 , (119)
+C
+C *-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+C
+C Error exit.
+C
+C +NOAO - Comment out FTN write and format statement, SETER is okay.
+C
+  901 CONTINUE
+C 901 WRITE (I1MACH(4),9001) IAXS
+      CALL SETER ('AGEXAX (CALLED BY AGSTUP) - USER-SYSTEM-TO-LABEL-SYST
+     +EM MAPPING IS NOT MONOTONIC',1,2)
+C
+C Formats.
+C
+C9001 FORMAT ('0PROBLEM WITH AXIS NUMBER',I2,
+C    +        ' (1, 2, 3, AND 4 IMPLY LEFT, RIGHT, BOTTOM, AND TOP)')
+C
+C -NOAO
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agexus.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agexus.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7d4a274e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agexus.f
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGEXUS (SVAL,ZMIN,ZMAX,ZLOW,ZHGH,
+     +                               ZDRA,NVIZ,IIVZ,NEVZ,IIEZ,UMIN,UMAX)
+C
+      DIMENSION SVAL(2),ZDRA(1)
+C
+C The routine AGEXUS is used by AGSTUP to determine tentative values of
+C the user-window edge coordinates.  Its arguments are as follows:
+C
+C -- SVAL is the array of special values.
+C
+C -- ZMIN and ZMAX are user-supplied minimum and maximum values of the
+C    data x (or y) coordinates.
+C
+C -- ZLOW and ZHGH are, respectively, the smallest and largest data
+C    values to be considered in choosing the minimum and maximum, if
+C    those values, as given by the user, are null.
+C
+C -- ZDRA, NVIZ, IIVZ, NEVZ, and IIEZ specify the array of x (or y)
+C    data coordinates (see AGMAXI or AGMINI for complete description).
+C
+C -- UMIN and UMAX are returned with tentative minimum and maximum
+C    values for use at the appropriate user-window edges (left/right
+C    or bottom/top).
+C
+C The following common block contains AUTOGRAPH variables which are
+C not control parameters.  The only one used here is SMRL, which is a
+C (machine-dependent) small real which, when added to a number in the
+C range (1,10), will round it upward without seriously affecting the
+C leading significant digits.  The object of this is to get rid of
+C strings of nines.
+C
+      COMMON /AGORIP/ SMRL , ISLD , MWCL,MWCM,MWCE,MDLA,MWCD,MWDQ ,
+     +                INIF
+C
+C Assume initially that the user has provided actual values to be used.
+C
+      UMIN=ZMIN
+      UMAX=ZMAX
+C
+C If either of the values is null, replace it by a data-based value.
+C
+      IF (UMIN.EQ.SVAL(1).OR.UMIN.EQ.SVAL(2))
+     +                UMIN=AGMINI(SVAL(1),ZLOW,ZDRA,NVIZ,IIVZ,NEVZ,IIEZ)
+      IF (UMAX.EQ.SVAL(1).OR.UMAX.EQ.SVAL(2))
+     +                UMAX=AGMAXI(SVAL(1),ZHGH,ZDRA,NVIZ,IIVZ,NEVZ,IIEZ)
+C
+C Either or both values might still be null (if the user data was null).
+C
+      IF (UMIN.EQ.SVAL(1)) UMIN=UMAX
+      IF (UMAX.EQ.SVAL(1)) UMAX=UMIN
+C
+C Check the relative values of UMIN and UMAX for problems.
+C
+      IF (ABS(UMIN-UMAX).LT.50.*SMRL*(ABS(UMIN)+ABS(UMAX))) GO TO 102
+      IF (UMAX-UMIN) 101,102,103
+  101 IF (ZMIN.NE.SVAL(1).AND.ZMIN.NE.SVAL(2)) UMAX=UMIN
+      IF (ZMAX.NE.SVAL(1).AND.ZMAX.NE.SVAL(2)) UMIN=UMAX
+C
+  102 UMIN=UMIN-.5*ABS(UMIN)
+      UMAX=UMAX+.5*ABS(UMAX)
+      IF (UMIN.NE.UMAX) GO TO 103
+      UMIN=-1.
+      UMAX=+1.
+C
+C If the user wanted these values back-stored, do it.
+C
+  103 IF (ZMIN.EQ.SVAL(2)) ZMIN=UMIN
+      IF (ZMAX.EQ.SVAL(2)) ZMAX=UMAX
+C
+C Done.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agezsu.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agezsu.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..535e1811
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agezsu.f
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGEZSU (ITOC,XDRA,YDRA,IDXY,MANY,NPTS,LABG,IIVX,IIEX,
+     +                                                      IIVY,IIEY)
+C
+      REAL XDRA(1),YDRA(1)
+      CHARACTER*(*) LABG
+C
+C The routine AGEZSU is used by the AUTOGRAPH routines EZY, EZXY, EZMY,
+C EZMXY, and IDIOT to examine those parameters which are peculiar to the
+C old version of AUTOGRAPH and to do the appropriate call to AGSTUP.
+C The arguments are as follows:
+C
+C -- ITOC indicates which routine is calling AGEZSU, as follows:
+C
+C     -- ITOC .EQ. 1 - call by EZY
+C     -- ITOC .EQ. 2 - call by EZXY
+C     -- ITOC .EQ. 3 - call by EZMY
+C     -- ITOC .EQ. 4 - call by EZMXY
+C     -- ITOC .EQ. 5 - call by IDIOT
+C
+C -- XDRA is an array of x-coordinate data.
+C
+C -- YDRA is an array of y-coordinate data.
+C
+C -- IDXY is the first dimension of YDRA.
+C
+C -- MANY is the number of curves defined by XDRA and YDRA.
+C
+C -- NPTS is the number of points per curve.
+C
+C -- LABG is a new header label (or the single character CHAR(0), if the
+C    header label is to be unchanged).
+C
+C -- IIVX, IIEX, IIVY, and IIEY are indexing controls for the x and y
+C    data arrays, computed and returned by AGEZSU for use in setting up
+C    calls to the routine AGCURV.
+C
+C Examine the frame-advance parameter.  Do frame advance as appropriate.
+C
+      CALL AGGETI ('FRAM.',IFRA)
+      IFRA=MAX0(1,MIN0(3,IFRA))
+C
+      IF (IFRA.EQ.3) CALL FRAME
+C
+C Set up the header label.
+C
+      IF (ICHAR(LABG(1:1)).NE.0) THEN
+        CALL AGSETC ('LABE/NAME.', 'T')
+        CALL AGSETI ('LINE/NUMB.', 100)
+        CALL AGSETC ('LINE/TEXT.',LABG)
+      END IF
+C
+C Set up the AGSTUP arguments defining the coordinate-data arrays.
+C
+      CALL AGGETI ('ROW .',IROW)
+      IROW=MAX0(-2,MIN0(+2,IROW))
+C
+      NVIY=MANY
+      IIVY=IDXY
+      NEVY=NPTS
+      IIEY=1
+C
+      IF (IROW.LE.0.AND.ITOC.GE.3.AND.ITOC.LE.4) THEN
+        IIVY=1
+        IIEY=IDXY
+      END IF
+C
+      NVIX=NVIY
+      IIVX=IIVY
+      NEVX=NEVY
+      IIEX=IIEY
+C
+      IF (IABS(IROW).LE.1) THEN
+        NVIX=1
+        IIVX=0
+        NEVX=NPTS
+        IIEX=1
+      END IF
+C
+      IF (ITOC.EQ.1.OR.ITOC.EQ.3) IIEX=0
+C
+C Do the AGSTUP call.
+C
+      CALL AGSTUP (XDRA,NVIX,IIVX,NEVX,IIEX,YDRA,NVIY,IIVY,NEVY,IIEY)
+C
+C Done.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agfpbn.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agfpbn.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..f4900b60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agfpbn.f
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      INTEGER FUNCTION AGFPBN (FPDP)
+C
+C The value of AGFPBN(FPDP) is a binary dash pattern, obtained from the
+C floating-point dash pattern FPDP.  On machines having a word length
+C greater than 16 bits, AGFPBN(FPDP) = IFIX(FPDP).  On machines having
+C a word length of 16 bits, this is not true.  For example, when FPDP =
+C 65535. (2 to the 16th minus 1), the equivalent binary dash pattern
+C does not have the value 65535, but the value -1 (assuming integers
+C are represented in a ones' complement format).  So, the functions
+C ISHIFT and IOR must be used to generate the dash pattern.
+C
+      TEMP=FPDP
+      AGFPBN=0
+C
+      DO 101 I=1,16
+        IF (AMOD(TEMP,2.).GE.1.) AGFPBN=IOR(AGFPBN,ISHIFT(1,I-1))
+        TEMP=TEMP/2.
+  101 CONTINUE
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agftol.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agftol.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..b685f913
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agftol.f
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGFTOL (IAXS,IDMA,VINP,VOTP,VLCS,LLUA,UBEG,UDIF,FUNS,
+     +                                                        NBTP,SBSE)
+C
+C The routine AGFTOL is used by AGAXIS to map a fractional distance
+C along the axis to a value in the label coordinate system or vice-
+C versa.  Its arguments are as follows:
+C
+C -- IAXS specifies which axis is being drawn.  It is passed to the
+C    routine AGUTOL.  See AGAXIS for a complete description of IAXS.
+C
+C -- IDMA specifies the direction of the mapping - from the fractional
+C    system to the label system if IDMA .GT. 0 or from the label system
+C    to the fractional system if IDMA .LT. 0.  IDMA also specifies how
+C    the label-system value is given to or returned by AGFTOL.
+C
+C     -- If ABSV(IDMA) .EQ. 1, an actual value in the label coordinate
+C        system (VLCS) is given to or returned by AGFTOL.
+C
+C     -- If ABSV(IDMA) .NE. 1, a value of the exponent/multiplier EXMU
+C        corresponding to VLCS is given to or returned by AGFTOL.
+C
+C -- VINP is an input value in one coordinate system.
+C
+C -- VOTP is an output value in the other coordinate system.
+C
+C -- VLCS is an output value in the label coordinate system, returned
+C    no matter what the value of IDMA.
+C
+C -- LLUA, UBGA, and UDFA specify the mapping from the user coordinate
+C    system to the fractional system and vice-versa.  See the routine
+C    AGAXIS for a complete description of these parameters.
+C
+C -- FUNS is a function-selector, to be used in calls to AGUTOL.  It
+C    selects the mapping from the user coordinate system to the label
+C    coordinate system and vice-versa.  See the routine AGAXIS for a
+C    complete description of this parameter.
+C
+C -- NBTP and SBSE specify the mapping of label-coordinate-system values
+C    to exponent/multiplier values and vice-versa.  See the routine
+C    AGNUMB for a complete dexcription of these parameters.
+C
+C Determine desired direction of mapping.
+C
+      IF (IDMA.GT.0) THEN
+C
+C Map axis fraction VINP to a label-coordinate-system value VLCS.
+C
+        VUCS=UBEG+VINP*UDIF
+        IF (LLUA.NE.0) VUCS=10.**VUCS
+        CALL AGUTOL (IAXS,FUNS,1,VUCS,VLCS)
+C
+C If IDMA .EQ. 1, caller wants VLCS - otherwise, map VLCS to the
+C appropriate exponent/multiplier value EXMU - return value in VOTP.
+C
+        IF (IDMA.EQ.1) THEN
+          VOTP=VLCS
+          RETURN
+        END IF
+C
+        GO TO (101,102,103) , NBTP
+C
+  101   VOTP=VLCS/SBSE
+        RETURN
+C
+  102   VOTP=ALOG10(VLCS/SBSE)
+        RETURN
+C
+  103   VOTP=ALOG10(ABS(VLCS))/ALOG10(ABS(SBSE))
+        RETURN
+C
+      ELSE
+C
+C If IDMA .EQ. -1, caller has provided VINP .EQ. VLCS, a value in the
+C label coordinate system - otherwise, VINP .EQ. EXMU, the exponent/
+C multiplier needed to generate VLCS.
+C
+        IF (IDMA.EQ.(-1)) THEN
+          VLCS=VINP
+          GO TO 107
+        END IF
+C
+        GO TO (104,105,106) , NBTP
+C
+  104   VLCS=SBSE*VINP
+        GO TO 107
+C
+  105   VLCS=SBSE*10.**VINP
+        GO TO 107
+C
+  106   VLCS=SIGN(1.,SBSE)*ABS(SBSE)**VINP
+C
+C Map label-system value VLCS to a user-system value VUCS.
+C
+  107   CALL AGUTOL (IAXS,FUNS,-1,VLCS,VUCS)
+C
+C Map user-system value VUCS to an axis fraction VOTP and return.
+C
+        IF (LLUA.NE.0) VUCS=ALOG10(VUCS)
+        VOTP=(VUCS-UBEG)/UDIF
+        RETURN
+C
+      END IF
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aggetc.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aggetc.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..caf9f357
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aggetc.f
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGGETC (TPID,CUSR)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) TPID,CUSR
+C
+      DIMENSION FURA(1)
+C
+C The routine AGGETC is used to get the character strings represented
+C by the values of certain individual AUTOGRAPH parameters.  TPID is a
+C parameter identifier (from the caller).  CUSR is a character string
+C (returned to the caller).
+C
+C See what kind of parameter is being gotten.
+C
+      CALL AGCTCS (TPID,ITCS)
+C
+C If the parameter is not intrinsically of type character, log an error.
+C
+      IF (ITCS.EQ.0) GO TO 901
+C
+C Otherwise, get the integer value of the parameter and use that to get
+C the desired character string.
+C
+      CALL AGGETP (TPID,FURA,1)
+      CALL AGGTCH (IFIX(FURA(1)),CUSR,LNCS)
+C
+C Done.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+C Error exit.
+C
+  901 CALL AGPPID (TPID)
+      CALL SETER ('AGGETC - PARAMETER TO GET IS NOT INTRINSICALLY OF TYP
+     +E CHARACTER',2,2)
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aggetf.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aggetf.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..6391222b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aggetf.f
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGGETF (TPID,FUSR)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) TPID
+      DIMENSION FURA(1)
+C
+C The routine AGGETF may be used to get the real (floating-point) value
+C of any single AUTOGRAPH control parameter.
+C
+      CALL AGGETP (TPID,FURA,1)
+      FUSR=FURA(1)
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aggeti.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aggeti.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..31841826
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aggeti.f
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGGETI (TPID,IUSR)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) TPID
+      DIMENSION FURA(1)
+C
+C The routine AGGETI may be used to get the integer-equivalent value of
+C any single AUTOGRAPH control parameter.
+C
+      CALL AGGETP (TPID,FURA,1)
+      IUSR=IFIX(FURA(1))
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aggetp.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aggetp.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ac44085e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aggetp.f
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGGETP (TPID,FURA,LURA)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) TPID
+      DIMENSION FURA(1)
+C
+C The routine AGGETP returns to the user the AUTOGRAPH parameter(s)
+C specified by the parameter identifier TPID.  The arguments are as
+C follows:
+C
+C -- TPID is the parameter identifier, a string of keywords separated
+C    from each other by slashes and followed by a period.
+C
+C -- FURA is the user array which is to receive the desired parameter(s)
+C    specified by TPID.
+C
+C -- LURA is the length of the user array FURA.
+C
+C The following common block contains the AUTOGRAPH control parameters,
+C all of which are real.  If it is changed, all of AUTOGRAPH (especially
+C the routine AGSCAN) must be examined for possible side effects.
+C
+      COMMON /AGCONP/ QFRA,QSET,QROW,QIXY,QWND,QBAC , SVAL(2) ,
+     +                XLGF,XRGF,YBGF,YTGF , XLGD,XRGD,YBGD,YTGD , SOGD ,
+     +                XMIN,XMAX,QLUX,QOVX,QCEX,XLOW,XHGH ,
+     +                YMIN,YMAX,QLUY,QOVY,QCEY,YLOW,YHGH ,
+     +                QDAX(4),QSPA(4),PING(4),PINU(4),FUNS(4),QBTD(4),
+     +                BASD(4),QMJD(4),QJDP(4),WMJL(4),WMJR(4),QMND(4),
+     +                QNDP(4),WMNL(4),WMNR(4),QLTD(4),QLED(4),QLFD(4),
+     +                QLOF(4),QLOS(4),DNLA(4),WCLM(4),WCLE(4) ,
+     +                QODP,QCDP,WOCD,WODQ,QDSH(26) ,
+     +                     QDLB,QBIM,FLLB(10,8),QBAN ,
+     +                QLLN,TCLN,QNIM,FLLN(6,16),QNAN ,
+     +                XLGW,XRGW,YBGW,YTGW , XLUW,XRUW,YBUW,YTUW ,
+     +                XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW , WCWP,HCWP,SCWP ,
+     +                XBGA(4),YBGA(4),UBGA(4),XNDA(4),YNDA(4),UNDA(4),
+     +                QBTP(4),BASE(4),QMNT(4),QLTP(4),QLEX(4),QLFL(4),
+     +                QCIM(4),QCIE(4),RFNL(4),WNLL(4),WNLR(4),WNLB(4),
+     +                WNLE(4),QLUA(4) ,
+     +                RBOX(6),DBOX(6,4),SBOX(6,4)
+C
+C The following common block contains other AUTOGRAPH variables, both
+C real and integer, which are not control parameters.
+C
+      COMMON /AGORIP/ SMRL , ISLD , MWCL,MWCM,MWCE,MDLA,MWCD,MWDQ ,
+     +                INIF
+C
+C Define the array DUMI, which allows access to the parameter list as
+C an array.
+C
+      DIMENSION DUMI(1)
+      EQUIVALENCE (QFRA,DUMI)
+C
+C If initialization has not yet been done, do it.
+C
+      IF (INIF.EQ.0) THEN
+        CALL AGINIT
+      END IF
+C
+C The routine AGSCAN is called to scan the parameter identifier and to
+C return three quantities describing the AUTOGRAPH parameters desired.
+C
+      CALL AGSCAN (TPID,LOPA,NIPA,IIPA)
+C
+C Determine the number of elements to transfer.
+C
+      NURA=MAX0(1,MIN0(LURA,NIPA))
+C
+C Transfer the desired parameters to the user array.
+C
+      IDMI=LOPA-IIPA
+C
+      DO 101 IURA=1,NURA
+        IDMI=IDMI+IIPA
+        FURA(IURA)=DUMI(IDMI)
+  101 CONTINUE
+C
+C If the current label name is being gotten, return its identifier.
+C
+      CALL AGSCAN ('LABE/NAME.',LOLN,NILN,IILN)
+      IF (LOPA.EQ.LOLN.AND.NIPA.EQ.NILN.AND.QBAN.NE.0.) THEN
+        LBAN=IFIX(QBAN)
+        FURA(1)=FLLB(1,LBAN)
+      END IF
+C
+C Done.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aggtch.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aggtch.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7591c670
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aggtch.f
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGGTCH (IDCS,CHST,LNCS)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) CHST
+C
+C This routine gets character strings previously stored by the routine
+C AGSTCH (which see).  It has the following arguments:
+C
+C -- IDCS is the identifying integer returned by AGSTCH when the string
+C    was stored.
+C
+C -- CHST is the character string returned.
+C
+C -- LNCS is the length of the character string returned in CHST.
+C
+C The following common blocks contain variables which are required for
+C the character-storage-and-retrieval scheme of AUTOGRAPH.
+C
+      COMMON /AGCHR1/ LNIC,INCH(2,50),LNCA,INCA
+C
+      COMMON /AGCHR2/ CHRA(2000)
+C
+      CHARACTER*1 CHRA
+C
+C First, blank-fill the character variable to be returned.
+C
+      CHST=' '
+C
+C If the identifier is less than -LNIC, the (one-character) string is
+C retrieved from it.
+C
+      IF (IDCS.LT.(-LNIC)) THEN
+        CHST=CHAR(-IDCS-LNIC-1)
+        LNCS=1
+C
+C If the identifier is between -LNIC and -1, its absolute value is the
+C index, in INCH, of the descriptor of the character string stored in
+C CHRA.
+C
+      ELSE IF (IDCS.LE.(-1)) THEN
+        I=-IDCS
+        J=INCH(1,I)-1
+        IF (J.GE.0) THEN
+          LNCS=MIN0(LEN(CHST),INCH(2,I))
+          DO 101 K=1,LNCS
+            J=J+1
+            CHST(K:K)=CHRA(J)
+  101     CONTINUE
+        ELSE
+          LNCS=0
+        END IF
+C
+C In all other cases, return a single blank.
+C
+      ELSE
+        LNCS=1
+C
+      END IF
+C
+C Done.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aginit.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aginit.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e863e01f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aginit.f
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGINIT
+C
+C This routine is called to initialize some machine-dependent constants.
+C
+C The following common block contains the AUTOGRAPH control parameters,
+C all of which are real.  If it is changed, all of AUTOGRAPH (especially
+C the routine AGSCAN) must be examined for possible side effects.
+C
+      COMMON /AGCONP/ QFRA,QSET,QROW,QIXY,QWND,QBAC , SVAL(2) ,
+     +                XLGF,XRGF,YBGF,YTGF , XLGD,XRGD,YBGD,YTGD , SOGD ,
+     +                XMIN,XMAX,QLUX,QOVX,QCEX,XLOW,XHGH ,
+     +                YMIN,YMAX,QLUY,QOVY,QCEY,YLOW,YHGH ,
+     +                QDAX(4),QSPA(4),PING(4),PINU(4),FUNS(4),QBTD(4),
+     +                BASD(4),QMJD(4),QJDP(4),WMJL(4),WMJR(4),QMND(4),
+     +                QNDP(4),WMNL(4),WMNR(4),QLTD(4),QLED(4),QLFD(4),
+     +                QLOF(4),QLOS(4),DNLA(4),WCLM(4),WCLE(4) ,
+     +                QODP,QCDP,WOCD,WODQ,QDSH(26) ,
+     +                     QDLB,QBIM,FLLB(10,8),QBAN ,
+     +                QLLN,TCLN,QNIM,FLLN(6,16),QNAN ,
+     +                XLGW,XRGW,YBGW,YTGW , XLUW,XRUW,YBUW,YTUW ,
+     +                XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW , WCWP,HCWP,SCWP ,
+     +                XBGA(4),YBGA(4),UBGA(4),XNDA(4),YNDA(4),UNDA(4),
+     +                QBTP(4),BASE(4),QMNT(4),QLTP(4),QLEX(4),QLFL(4),
+     +                QCIM(4),QCIE(4),RFNL(4),WNLL(4),WNLR(4),WNLB(4),
+     +                WNLE(4),QLUA(4) ,
+     +                RBOX(6),DBOX(6,4),SBOX(6,4)
+C
+C The following common block contains other AUTOGRAPH variables, both
+C real and integer, which are not control parameters.
+C
+      COMMON /AGORIP/ SMRL , ISLD , MWCL,MWCM,MWCE,MDLA,MWCD,MWDQ ,
+     +                INIF
+C
+C Fill in the names of the four pre-defined labels.
+C
+      CALL AGSTCH ('L',1,IDCS)
+      FLLB(1,1)=FLOAT(IDCS)
+      CALL AGSTCH ('R',1,IDCS)
+      FLLB(1,2)=FLOAT(IDCS)
+      CALL AGSTCH ('B',1,IDCS)
+      FLLB(1,3)=FLOAT(IDCS)
+      CALL AGSTCH ('T',1,IDCS)
+      FLLB(1,4)=FLOAT(IDCS)
+C
+C Declare the rest of the label-definition slots to be available.
+C
+      LBIM=IFIX(QBIM)
+C
+      DO 101 J=5,LBIM
+        FLLB(1,J)=0.
+  101 CONTINUE
+C
+C Fill in the text of the four pre-defined lines.
+C
+      CALL AGSTCH ('Y',1,IDCS)
+      FLLN(4,1)=FLOAT(IDCS)
+      CALL AGSTCH (' ',1,IDCS)
+      FLLN(4,2)=FLOAT(IDCS)
+      CALL AGSTCH ('X',1,IDCS)
+      FLLN(4,3)=FLOAT(IDCS)
+      CALL AGSTCH (' ',1,IDCS)
+      FLLN(4,4)=FLOAT(IDCS)
+C
+C Declare the rest of the line-definition slots to be available.
+C
+      LNIM=IFIX(QNIM)
+C
+      DO 102 J=5,LNIM
+        FLLN(1,J)=SVAL(1)
+  102 CONTINUE
+C
+C Set the value of 'LINE/TERMINATOR.'
+C
+      CALL AGSTCH ('$',1,IDCS)
+      TCLN=FLOAT(IDCS)
+C
+C SMRL is used by AUTOGRAPH for rounding operations.
+C
+      SMRL=10.**(3-IFIX(ALOG10(FLOAT(I1MACH(10)))*FLOAT(I1MACH(11))))
+C
+C ISLD is an integer containing 16 one bits (right-justified with zero
+C fill to the left).  It is used to direct the DASHCHAR package to draw
+C solid lines.  To generate it, we start with a 15-bit mask and then
+C add another bit.
+C
+      ISLD = 32767
+      ISLD = ISHIFT(ISLD,1)
+      ISLD = IOR(ISLD,1)
+C
+C Set the initialization flag to indicate initialization has been done.
+C
+      INIF=1
+C
+C Done.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agkurv.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agkurv.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d93f0659
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agkurv.f
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGKURV (XVEC,IIEX,YVEC,IIEY,NEXY,SVAL)
+C
+      DIMENSION XVEC(1),YVEC(1)
+C
+C AGKURV plots the curve defined by the points ((X(I),Y(I)),I=1,NEXY),
+C where
+C
+C    X(I)=XVEC(1+(I-1)*IIEX) (unless IIEX=0, in which case X(I)=I), and
+C    Y(I)=YVEC(1+(I-1)*IIEY) (unless IIEY=0, in which case Y(I)=I).
+C
+C If, for some I, X(I)=SVAL or Y(I)=SVAL, curve line segments having
+C (X(I),Y(I)) as an endpoint are omitted.
+C
+C No windowing is performed.
+C
+C Check first whether the number of curve points is properly specified.
+C
+      IF (NEXY.LE.0) GO TO 901
+C
+C Initialization.  Pretend that the last point was point number zero.
+C Set the indices for the x and y vectors accordingly.  Clear the line-
+C drawn-to-last-point flag.
+C
+      INDP=0
+      INDX=1-IIEX
+      INDY=1-IIEY
+      LDLP=0
+C
+C Initialization.  Retrieve the current curve window, user window, and
+C x/y linear/logarithmic flags.
+C
+      CALL GETSET (XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW,XLUW,XRUW,YBUW,YTUW,LTYP)
+C
+C Initialization.  Set linear/log flag and linear-window limits for
+C x-axis values.
+C
+      IF (LTYP.EQ.1.OR.LTYP.EQ.2) THEN
+        LLUX=0
+        XLLW=XLUW
+        XRLW=XRUW
+      ELSE
+        LLUX=1
+        XLLW=ALOG10(XLUW)
+        XRLW=ALOG10(XRUW)
+      END IF
+C
+C Initialization.  Set linear/log flag and linear-window limits for
+C y-axis values.
+C
+      IF (LTYP.EQ.1.OR.LTYP.EQ.3) THEN
+        LLUY=0
+        YBLW=YBUW
+        YTLW=YTUW
+      ELSE
+        LLUY=1
+        YBLW=ALOG10(YBUW)
+        YTLW=ALOG10(YTUW)
+      END IF
+C
+C Initialization.  Call SET, if necessary, to define a linear mapping.
+C
+      IF (LTYP.NE.1)
+     +              CALL SET (XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW,XLLW,XRLW,YBLW,YTLW,1)
+C
+C Beginning of loop through points.  Update indices and determine the
+C user-space coordinates of the next point.
+C
+  101 IF (INDP.EQ.NEXY) GO TO 102
+      INDP=INDP+1
+C
+      INDX=INDX+IIEX
+      XNXT=XVEC(INDX)
+      IF (IIEX.EQ.0) XNXT=FLOAT(INDP)
+      IF (LLUX.NE.0.AND.XNXT.LE.0.) XNXT=SVAL
+C
+      INDY=INDY+IIEY
+      YNXT=YVEC(INDY)
+      IF (IIEY.EQ.0) YNXT=FLOAT(INDP)
+      IF (LLUY.NE.0.AND.YNXT.LE.0.) YNXT=SVAL
+C
+C Check whether (XNXT,YNXT) is a special-value point.  Handle that case.
+C
+      IF (XNXT.EQ.SVAL.OR.YNXT.EQ.SVAL) THEN
+        IF (LDLP.EQ.0) GO TO 101
+        IF (LDLP.EQ.1) CALL VECTD (XLST,YLST)
+        CALL LASTD
+        LDLP=0
+        GO TO 101
+      END IF
+C
+C If user space is not linear/linear, modify XNXT and YNXT accordingly.
+C
+      IF (LLUX.NE.0) XNXT=ALOG10(XNXT)
+      IF (LLUY.NE.0) YNXT=ALOG10(YNXT)
+C
+C Start or continue line.
+C
+      IF (LDLP.EQ.0) THEN
+        CALL FRSTD (XNXT,YNXT)
+        XLST=XNXT
+        YLST=YNXT
+      ELSE
+        CALL VECTD (XNXT,YNXT)
+      END IF
+C
+      LDLP=LDLP+1
+      GO TO 101
+C
+C Last point was final point.  Finish up.
+C
+  102 IF (LDLP.NE.0) THEN
+        IF (LDLP.EQ.1) CALL VECTD (XLST,YLST)
+        CALL LASTD
+      END IF
+C
+C Restore logarithmic mapping, if appropriate.
+C
+      IF (LTYP.NE.1)
+     +           CALL SET (XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW,XLUW,XRUW,YBUW,YTUW,LTYP)
+C
+C Return to caller.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+C Error exit.
+C
+  901 CALL SETER ('AGKURV - NUMBER OF POINTS IS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO ZE
+     +RO',3,2)
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aglbls.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aglbls.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..d99b038d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/aglbls.f
@@ -0,0 +1,616 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGLBLS (ITST,WCWP,HCWP,FLLB,LBIM,FLLN,DBOX,SBOX,RBOX)
+C
+      DIMENSION FLLB(10,8),FLLN(6,16),DBOX(6,4),SBOX(6,4),RBOX(6)
+C
+C The routine AGLBLS is used (if ITST .LE. 0) to predict the amount of
+C space which will be required for graph labels (excluding the numeric
+C labels on the axes, which are handled by AGAXIS) or (if ITST .GT. 0)
+C to actually draw the graph labels.
+C
+C The labels in question are defined by the label list (FLLB array) and
+C the line list (FLLN array).  Each label is assumed to lie in one of
+C five boxes, as follows:
+C
+C    Box 1 is to the left of the curve window.
+C    Box 2 is to the right of the curve window.
+C    Box 3 is below the curve window.
+C    Box 4 is above the curve window.
+C    Box 5 is the curve window itself.
+C    Box 6 is the entire plot (graph) window.
+C
+C A test run of AGLBLS returns two sets of box dimensions to the caller.
+C DBOX contains the dimensions required if all labels are to have their
+C desired sizes, SBOX the dimensions required if all labels are to have
+C their smallest sizes.  The caller is expected to use this information
+C to determine a final set of box dimensions (stored in DBOX), and then
+C call AGLBLS again to actually draw the labels in those boxes.
+C
+C The arguments of AGLBLS are as follows:
+C
+C -- ITST specifies whether the call is a test call (ITST .LE. 0) or a
+C    real call (ITST .GT. 0).  If ABSV(ITST) .GT. 1, AGLBLS is allowed
+C    to shrink the labels if they would not otherwise fit in their box.
+C    If ABSV(ITST) .EQ. 1, shrinkage of labels is prohibited.  If ITST
+C    .EQ. 0, labels are suppressed.
+C
+C -- WCWP and HCWP are the width and height of the curve window, in
+C    plotter-coordinate-system units.  AGLBLS assumes that the last call
+C    to the plot package routine "SET" had arguments XLCW, XRCW, YBCW,
+C    YTCW, 0., 1., 0., 1., and 1 - defining the most convenient system
+C    of coordinates for it.
+C
+C -- FLLB is the array in which the label list is stored.  The array is
+C    doubly-dimensioned.  The first subscript specifies one of ten label
+C    attributes, the second a particular label.  The attributes are as
+C    follows (the name ILLB(M,N) refers to a label attribute which is
+C    intrinsically an integer, despite being stored as a real):
+C
+C    -- ILLB(1,N) specifies the name of label N.  If ILLB(1,N) is zero,
+C       no label is defined.  Otherwise, ILLB(1,N) is an identifier
+C       returned by AGSTCH when the name of the label (a character
+C       string) was stored away.
+C
+C    -- ILLB(2,N) may be set non-zero to suppress label N.
+C
+C    -- FLLB(3,N) and FLLB(4,N) are the x and y coordinates of a base-
+C       point relative to which label N is positioned, as fractions of
+C       the width and height, respectively, of the curve window.  The
+C       position of the base-point determines the box in which label N
+C       is considered to lie.
+C
+C    -- FLLB(5,N) and FLLB(6,N) are small offsets (typically about the
+C       size of a character width), stated as fractions of the smaller
+C       side of the curve window.  They are used to offset the label
+C       base-point (after the box number is determined).  Typically,
+C       this provides a minimum spacing between the label and one side
+C       of the curve window.
+C
+C    -- ILLB(7,N) is the orientation angle of the label, in degrees
+C       counter-clockwise from horizontal.  The base-line for label N
+C       is a vector emanating from the base-point at this angle.  The
+C       specified angle must be a multiple of 90 degrees.
+C
+C    -- ILLB(8,N) is the centering option for the label.  It specifies
+C       how each line of the label is to be positioned relative to a
+C       line perpendicular to the base-line at the base-point.
+C
+C       -- If ILLB(8,N) .LT. 0, the left edge of each line lies on
+C          the perpendicular.
+C
+C       -- If ILLB(8,N) .EQ. 0, the center of each line lies on the
+C          perpendicular.
+C
+C       -- If ILLB(8,N) .GT. 0, the right edge of each line lies on
+C          the perpendicular.
+C
+C    -- ILLB(9,N) is the number of lines in label N.
+C
+C    -- ILLB(10,N) is the second subscript (in the line list) of the
+C       first line of label N.
+C
+C -- LBIM is the maximum number of labels the label list will hold.
+C
+C -- FLLN is the array in which the line list is stored.  The array is
+C    doubly-dimensioned.  The first subscript specifies one of six line
+C    attributes, the second a particular line.  The attributes are as
+C    follows (the name ILLN(M,N) refers to a line attribute which is
+C    intrinsically an integer, despite being stored as a real):
+C
+C    -- ILLN(1,N) is the position number of line N.  The lines of a
+C       label are ordered according to their position numbers, the one
+C       having the largest position number being top-most.  Moreover,
+C       lines having position numbers .GT. 0 are placed above the label
+C       base-line, those having position numbers .EQ. 0 (of which there
+C       should be but one) are placed on the label base-line, and those
+C       having position numbers .LT. 0 are placed below the label base-
+C       line.  The magnitudes of the position numbers have nothing to
+C       do with inter-line spacing - that is up to AGLBLS to determine.
+C
+C    -- ILLN(2,N) may be set non-zero to suppress line N.
+C
+C    -- FLLN(3,N) is the desired width of characters in the line, as a
+C       fraction of the smaller side of the curve window.
+C
+C    -- ILLN(4,N) is the identifier of the character string comprising
+C       the text of the line, as returned by AGSTCH at the time the
+C       string was stored.
+C
+C    -- ILLN(5,N) is the number of characters in the line.
+C
+C    -- ILLN(6,N) is the index of the next line of the label.  The
+C       lines of a label must be ordered by position number (largest
+C       to smallest).
+C
+C -- DBOX and SBOX, dimensioned 6 X 4, contain box dimensions, as dis-
+C    cussed above.  D/SBOX(M,N) is the Nth edge-coordinate of box M,
+C    where N .EQ. 1 for the left edge, 2 for the right edge, 3 for the
+C    bottom edge, and 4 for the top edge, of the box.  The first two are
+C    stated as fractions of the width, the second two as fractions of
+C    the height, of the curve window.
+C
+C    RBOX, dimensioned 6, holds reduction factors for the sizes of the
+C    characters in labels in each of the six boxes.  Each RBOX(M) is
+C
+C    -- negative to specify smallest-size characters, or
+C
+C    -- zero to specify that no reduction factor has been chosen, or
+C
+C    -- positive, between 0. and 1. (an actual reduction factor).
+C
+C *-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+C
+C The following common block contains other AUTOGRAPH variables, both
+C real and integer, which are not control parameters.  The only one of
+C interest here is MWCL, which is the minimum usable character width,
+C in plotter units.
+C
+      COMMON /AGORIP/ SMRL , ISLD , MWCL,MWCM,MWCE,MDLA,MWCD,MWDQ ,
+     +                INIF
+C
+C The following common block contains other AUTOGRAPH variables, of type
+C character.
+C
+      COMMON /AGOCHP/ CHS1,CHS2
+C
+c+noao
+c     CHARACTER*504 CHS1,CHS2
+      CHARACTER*500 CHS1,CHS2
+c-noao
+C
+C HCFW(WDTH) specifies the height of a character as a function of width.
+C
+      HCFW(WDTH)=2.*WDTH
+C
+C *-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+C
+C This is the main section of AGLBLS.
+C
+C Compute the length of the smallest side of the curve window.
+C
+      SCWP=AMIN1(WCWP,HCWP)
+C
+C Preset certain jumps in the internal procedure which follows.
+C
+      ASSIGN 211 TO JMP1
+      ASSIGN 216 TO JMP2
+      ASSIGN 221 TO JMP3
+C
+C Jump if this is a test run.
+C
+      IF (ITST.LE.0) GO TO 101
+C
+C This is not a test run.  If the reduction factors for the six boxes
+C are already set, jump directly to the plotting section; otherwise, we
+C must first compute the coordinates of the six smallest-size boxes.
+C
+      IF (RBOX(1).NE.0.) GO TO 115
+      GO TO 105
+C
+C This is a test run.  Compute the coordinates of the edges of the six
+C desired-size boxes.
+C
+  101 RWCL=1.
+      NBOX=0
+      ASSIGN 102 TO JMP4
+      GO TO 200
+C
+  102 DBOX(NBOX,1)=XLBX
+      DBOX(NBOX,2)=XRBX
+      DBOX(NBOX,3)=YBBX
+      DBOX(NBOX,4)=YTBX
+C
+      IF (NBOX.LT.6) GO TO 200
+C
+C This is a test run.  Compute the coordinates of the edges of the six
+C smallest-size boxes, in one of two ways.
+C
+      IF (IABS(ITST).GT.1) GO TO 105
+C
+C This is a test run.  Determine smallest-size boxes (no shrinking).
+C
+      DO 104 J=1,4
+        DO 103 I=1,6
+          SBOX(I,J)=DBOX(I,J)
+  103   CONTINUE
+  104 CONTINUE
+      RETURN
+C
+C Determine smallest-size boxes (shrinking allowed).
+C
+  105 RWCL=0.
+      NBOX=0
+      ASSIGN 106 TO JMP4
+      GO TO 200
+C
+  106 SBOX(NBOX,1)=XLBX
+      SBOX(NBOX,2)=XRBX
+      SBOX(NBOX,3)=YBBX
+      SBOX(NBOX,4)=YTBX
+C
+      IF (NBOX.LT.6) GO TO 200
+C
+C If this is not a test run, jump to compute reduction factors for each
+C of the six boxes and then plot the labels.  Otherwise, return.
+C
+      IF (ITST.GT.0) GO TO 107
+      RETURN
+C
+C This is not a test run.  Compute reduction factors for each of the
+C six boxes.
+C
+  107 NBOX=1
+      ASSIGN 110 TO JMP4
+C
+C (DBOX(NBOX,I),I=1,4) specifies the box in which the labels are to be
+C drawn, (SBOX(NBOX,I),I=1,4) the minimum box in which they can be drawn
+C if shrunk.  Check first whether the latter is contained in the former.
+C If so, we have a chance.  If not, the best we can do is shrink the
+C labels to minimum size and hope for the best.
+C
+  108 IF (SBOX(NBOX,1).LT.SBOX(NBOX,2).AND.
+     +    DBOX(NBOX,1)-SBOX(NBOX,1).LT..0001.AND.
+     +    SBOX(NBOX,2)-DBOX(NBOX,2).LT..0001.AND.
+     +    DBOX(NBOX,3)-SBOX(NBOX,3).LT..0001.AND.
+     +    SBOX(NBOX,4)-DBOX(NBOX,4).LT..0001      ) GO TO 109
+C
+      RBOX(NBOX)=-1.
+      GO TO 114
+C
+C Mimimum-size labels will fit.  Find the largest value of RBOX(NBOX)
+C for which the labels will fit.
+C
+  109 RWCL=1.
+      DWCL=.5
+      SWCL=0.
+      GO TO 201
+C
+C See if the last value of RBOX(NBOX) gave us labels which would fit or
+C not and adjust the value accordingly.
+C
+  110 IF (DBOX(NBOX,1)-XLBX.LT..0001.AND.
+     +    XRBX-DBOX(NBOX,2).LT..0001.AND.
+     +    DBOX(NBOX,3)-YBBX.LT..0001.AND.
+     +    YTBX-DBOX(NBOX,4).LT..0001      ) GO TO 111
+C
+C Labels did not fit.  Adjust RBOX(NBOX) downward.
+C
+      RWCL=RWCL-DWCL
+      DWCL=.5*DWCL
+      IF (DWCL.LT..001) RWCL=SWCL
+      GO TO 201
+C
+C Labels did fit.  Adjust RBOX(NBOX) upward, unless it is equal to 1.
+C
+  111 IF (RWCL.EQ.1.) GO TO 113
+      SWCL=RWCL
+      RWCL=RWCL+DWCL
+      DWCL=.5*DWCL
+      IF (DWCL.GT..001) GO TO 201
+C
+C The current value of RBOX(NBOX) is acceptable.  Do next box, if any.
+C
+  113 IF (NBOX.GE.5) GO TO 114
+C
+C Return updated box-edge coordinates for boxes 1 through 4.
+C
+      DBOX(NBOX,1)=XLBX
+      DBOX(NBOX,2)=XRBX
+      DBOX(NBOX,3)=YBBX
+      DBOX(NBOX,4)=YTBX
+C
+  114 NBOX=NBOX+1
+      IF (NBOX.LE.6) GO TO 108
+C
+C We have done all we can to make the labels fit.  Plot them now.
+C
+  115 NBOX=0
+      LBIN=0
+      ASSIGN 117 TO JMP3
+      ASSIGN 120 TO JMP4
+C
+C Get a label to chew on.
+C
+  116 ASSIGN 211 TO JMP1
+      ASSIGN 216 TO JMP2
+      GO TO 202
+C
+C We have a label.  Initialize the re-loop through the lines in it.
+C
+  117 XPLN=XPLB-DTLB*YDLB/WCWP
+      YPLN=YPLB+DTLB*XDLB/HCWP
+      PHCL=0.
+      LNIN=LNII
+      ASSIGN 118 TO JMP1
+      ASSIGN 116 TO JMP2
+      GO TO 210
+C
+C Get ready to plot the label line.
+C
+  118 XPLN=XPLN+.5*(PHCL+FHCL)*YDLB/WCWP
+      YPLN=YPLN-.5*(PHCL+FHCL)*XDLB/HCWP
+      PHCL=FHCL
+      CALL AGGTCH (IFIX(FLLN(4,LNIN)),CHS2,LNC2)
+C
+C Give the user a chance to change the appearance of the label line.
+C
+      CALL AGCHIL (0,CHS1(1:LNC1),IFIX(FLLN(1,LNIN)))
+C
+C Plot the label line.
+C
+      CALL AGPWRT (XPLN,YPLN,CHS2,LNC2,IWCL,LBOR,LBCN)
+C
+C Give the user a chance to undo the changes he made above.
+C
+      CALL AGCHIL (1,CHS1(1:LNC1),IFIX(FLLN(1,LNIN)))
+C
+C Go get the next line, if any.
+C
+      GO TO 215
+C
+C All labels are drawn.  Return.
+C
+  120 RETURN
+C
+C *-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+C
+C This internal procedure, which may be entered and exited in a number
+C of different ways, is used to scan the label list and the line list
+C and to return information about the labels and lines defined there.
+C
+C Entry occurs here to bump the box number, store away a reduction
+C factor for the sizes of labels in that box, and then compute the edge
+C coordinates of the box required to hold labels of the size implied by
+C that reduction factor.
+C
+  200 NBOX=NBOX+1
+C
+C Entry occurs here to do all of the above except the bumping of the box
+C number.
+C
+  201 RBOX(NBOX)=RWCL
+C
+C Initialize the label-list index and the box-edge parameters.
+C
+      LBIN=0
+      XLBX=+1000.
+      XRBX=-1000.
+      YBBX=+1000.
+      YTBX=-1000.
+      IF (ITST.EQ.0) GO TO 222
+C
+C This is the beginning of the loop through the labels.  Entry occurs
+C here to find the next label in the list and return positioning info.
+C
+C Increment the label index and test for end of label list.
+C
+  202 LBIN=LBIN+1
+      IF (LBIN.GT.LBIM) GO TO 222
+C
+C Skip this label if it is non-existent, suppressed, or empty.
+C
+      IF (FLLB(1,LBIN).EQ.0..OR.FLLB(2,LBIN).NE.0.
+     +                      .OR.FLLB(9,LBIN).EQ.0.) GO TO 202
+C
+C Unpack the parameters specifying the label-base-point position.
+C
+      XBLB=FLLB(3,LBIN)
+      YBLB=FLLB(4,LBIN)
+      XOLB=FLLB(5,LBIN)
+      YOLB=FLLB(6,LBIN)
+C
+C Determine in which of five boxes the label lies:
+C
+C in the box to the left of the curve window.
+C
+      LBBX=1
+      IF (XBLB.EQ.0..AND.XOLB.LE.0.) GO TO 203
+C
+C in the box to the right of the curve window,
+C
+      LBBX=2
+      IF (XBLB.EQ.1..AND.XOLB.GE.0.) GO TO 203
+C
+C in the box below the curve window,
+C
+      LBBX=3
+      IF (YBLB.EQ.0..AND.YOLB.LE.0.) GO TO 203
+C
+C in the box above the curve window,
+C
+      LBBX=4
+      IF (YBLB.EQ.1..AND.YOLB.GE.0.) GO TO 203
+C
+C in the curve window,
+C
+      LBBX=5
+      IF ( (XBLB.EQ.0..AND.XOLB.GT.0.).OR.
+     +     (XBLB.EQ.1..AND.XOLB.LT.0.).OR.
+     +     (YBLB.EQ.0..AND.YOLB.GT.0.).OR.
+     +     (YBLB.EQ.1..AND.YOLB.LT.0.)    ) GO TO 203
+C
+C or elsewhere.
+C
+      LBBX=6
+C
+C If we are interested in a particular box and this label is not in that
+C box, skip it.
+C
+  203 IF (NBOX.NE.0.AND.LBBX.NE.NBOX) GO TO 202
+C
+C On a non-test run, get the label name and length for call to AGCHIL.
+C
+      IF (ITST.GT.0) CALL AGGTCH (IFIX(FLLB(1,LBIN)),CHS1,LNC1)
+C
+C Unpack the label orientation and compute its direction cosines.
+C
+      LBOR=IFIX(FLLB(7,LBIN))
+C
+      XDLB=COS(.017453292519943*FLLB(7,LBIN))
+      YDLB=SIN(.017453292519943*FLLB(7,LBIN))
+C
+C Unpack the label-centering option.
+C
+      LBCN=IFIX(FLLB(8,LBIN))
+C
+C Unpack the index of the initial line of the label and save it.
+C
+      LNIN=IFIX(FLLB(10,LBIN))
+      LNII=LNIN
+C
+C If this is not a test run, modify the label-base-point position as
+C needed to move the label into the actual box in which it must fit.
+C
+      IF (ITST.LE.0) GO TO 209
+C
+      GO TO (204,205,206,207,208,209) , LBBX
+C
+  204 XBLB=XBLB+DBOX(1,2)
+      GO TO 209
+C
+  205 XBLB=XBLB+DBOX(2,1)-1.
+      GO TO 209
+C
+  206 YBLB=YBLB+DBOX(3,4)
+      GO TO 209
+C
+  207 YBLB=YBLB+DBOX(4,3)-1.
+      GO TO 209
+C
+  208 IF (XBLB.EQ.0.) XBLB=XBLB+DBOX(5,1)
+      IF (XBLB.EQ.1.) XBLB=XBLB+DBOX(5,2)-1.
+      IF (YBLB.EQ.0.) YBLB=YBLB+DBOX(5,3)
+      IF (YBLB.EQ.1.) YBLB=YBLB+DBOX(5,4)-1.
+C
+C Compute the final label-base-point position.
+C
+  209 XPLB=XBLB+XOLB*SCWP/WCWP
+      YPLB=YBLB+YOLB*SCWP/HCWP
+C
+C Before entering the loop through the line list, initialize the label-
+C dimension parameters.
+C
+      DLLB=0.
+      DRLB=0.
+      DBLB=0.
+      DTLB=0.
+C
+C This is the beginning of the loop through the lines in a given label.
+C Entry may occur here to find the next line and return info about it.
+C
+C If the line is suppressed or of zero length, skip it.
+C
+  210 IF (FLLN(2,LNIN).NE.0..OR.FLLN(5,LNIN).LE.0.) GO TO 215
+C
+C Unpack the position-number, character-width, and character-count
+C parameters for the line.
+C
+      LNPN=IFIX(FLLN(1,LNIN))
+      WCLN=FLLN(3,LNIN)
+      LNCC=IFIX(FLLN(5,LNIN))
+C
+C Compute the integer width (IWCL) and the floating-point width and
+C height (FWCL and FHCL) of characters in the label.  All are expressed
+C in plotter-coordinate-system units.
+C
+      IWCL=MAX0(MWCL,IFIX(RBOX(LBBX)*WCLN*SCWP+.5))
+      FWCL=FLOAT(IWCL)
+      FHCL=HCFW(FWCL)
+C
+C Jump back with line information or drop through, as directed.
+C
+      GO TO JMP1 , (118,211)
+C
+C Update the label-dimension parameters.
+C
+  211 DRLB=AMAX1(DRLB,FLOAT(LNCC)*FWCL)
+C
+      IF (LNPN) 212,213,214
+C
+  212 DBLB=DBLB+FHCL
+      GO TO 215
+C
+  213 DBLB=DBLB+.5*FHCL
+      DTLB=DTLB+.5*FHCL
+      GO TO 215
+C
+  214 DTLB=DTLB+FHCL
+C
+C Go to the next line in the label, if there is one.
+C
+  215 LNIN=IFIX(FLLN(6,LNIN))
+      IF (LNIN.NE.0) GO TO 210
+C
+C Jump back on end of lines or drop through, as directed.
+C
+      GO TO JMP2 , (116,216)
+C
+C If all the lines in the label were either suppressed or of zero
+C length, skip this label.
+C
+  216 IF (DRLB.EQ.0.) GO TO 202
+C
+C Complete the computation of the label dimensions.  The four parameters
+C DLLB, DRLB, DBLB, and DTLB represent the distances from the base-point
+C to the left edge, right edge, bottom edge, and top edge of the label,
+C in plotter-coordinate-system units, where left, right, etc., are as
+C viewed by a reader of the label.
+C
+      IF (LBCN) 217,218,219
+C
+C Left edges of lines are aligned.
+C
+  217 GO TO 220
+C
+C Centers of lines are aligned.
+C
+  218 DLLB=.5*(DLLB+DRLB)
+      DRLB=DLLB
+      GO TO 220
+C
+C Right edges of lines are aligned.
+C
+  219 SWAP=DLLB
+      DLLB=DRLB
+      DRLB=SWAP
+C
+C Jump back with label information or drop through, as directed.
+C
+  220 GO TO JMP3 , (117,221)
+C
+C Update the x and y coordinates of the label box edges.
+C
+  221 XLBX=AMIN1(XLBX,XBLB,
+     +     XPLB-AMAX1(+DLLB*XDLB,-DRLB*XDLB,-DBLB*YDLB,+DTLB*YDLB)/WCWP)
+      XRBX=AMAX1(XRBX,XBLB,
+     +     XPLB+AMAX1(-DLLB*XDLB,+DRLB*XDLB,+DBLB*YDLB,-DTLB*YDLB)/WCWP)
+      YBBX=AMIN1(YBBX,YBLB,
+     +     YPLB-AMAX1(+DLLB*YDLB,-DRLB*YDLB,+DBLB*XDLB,-DTLB*XDLB)/HCWP)
+      YTBX=AMAX1(YTBX,YBLB,
+     +     YPLB+AMAX1(-DLLB*YDLB,+DRLB*YDLB,-DBLB*XDLB,+DTLB*XDLB)/HCWP)
+C
+C Go back for the next label.
+C
+      GO TO 202
+C
+C End of label list.  Jump as directed.
+C
+  222 GO TO JMP4 , (102,106,110,120)
+C
+C *-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*-*
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agmaxi.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agmaxi.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..9c981e0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agmaxi.f
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      FUNCTION AGMAXI (SVAL,ZHGH,ZDRA,NVIZ,IIVZ,NEVZ,IIEZ)
+C
+      DIMENSION ZDRA(1)
+C
+C The routine AGMAXI returns the maximum value of the elements in ZDRA
+C specified by NVIZ, IIVZ, NEVZ, and IIEZ, skipping elements having the
+C special value SVAL (or more than ZHGH, if ZHGH is not equal to SVAL).
+C
+C -- NVIZ is the number of vectors of data stored in ZDRA.
+C
+C -- IIVZ is the index increment from one data vector to the next.
+C
+C -- NEVZ is the number of elements per vector to be examined.
+C
+C -- IIEZ is the index increment from one vector element to the next.
+C    If IIEZ is 0, the array is ignored and NEVZ is returned.
+C
+      AGMAXI=FLOAT(NEVZ)
+      IF (IIEZ.EQ.0) RETURN
+C
+      AGMAXI=SVAL
+      INDZ=1-IIEZ
+C
+      DO 103 I=1,NVIZ
+        IF (ZHGH.EQ.SVAL) THEN
+          DO 101 J=1,NEVZ
+            INDZ=INDZ+IIEZ
+            IF (ZDRA(INDZ).EQ.SVAL) GO TO 101
+            IF (AGMAXI.EQ.SVAL) AGMAXI=ZDRA(INDZ)
+            AGMAXI=AMAX1(AGMAXI,ZDRA(INDZ))
+  101     CONTINUE
+        ELSE
+          DO 102 J=1,NEVZ
+            INDZ=INDZ+IIEZ
+            IF (ZDRA(INDZ).EQ.SVAL.OR.ZDRA(INDZ).GT.ZHGH) GO TO 102
+            IF (AGMAXI.EQ.SVAL) AGMAXI=ZDRA(INDZ)
+            AGMAXI=AMAX1(AGMAXI,ZDRA(INDZ))
+  102     CONTINUE
+        END IF
+        INDZ=INDZ-NEVZ*IIEZ+IIVZ
+  103 CONTINUE
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agmini.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agmini.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..be4b6d2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agmini.f
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      FUNCTION AGMINI (SVAL,ZLOW,ZDRA,NVIZ,IIVZ,NEVZ,IIEZ)
+C
+      DIMENSION ZDRA(1)
+C
+C The routine AGMINI returns the mimimum value of the elements in ZDRA
+C specified by NVIZ, IIVZ, NEVZ, and IIEZ, skipping elements having the
+C special value SVAL (or less than ZLOW, if ZLOW is not equal to SVAL).
+C
+C -- NVIZ is the number of vectors of data stored in ZDRA.
+C
+C -- IIVZ is the index increment from one data vector to the next.
+C
+C -- NEVZ is the number of elements per vector to be examined.
+C
+C -- IIEZ is the index increment from one vector element to the next.
+C    If IIEZ is 0, the array is ignored and 1. is returned.
+C
+      AGMINI=1.
+      IF (IIEZ.EQ.0) RETURN
+C
+      AGMINI=SVAL
+      INDZ=1-IIEZ
+C
+      DO 103 I=1,NVIZ
+        IF (ZLOW.EQ.SVAL) THEN
+          DO 101 J=1,NEVZ
+            INDZ=INDZ+IIEZ
+            IF (ZDRA(INDZ).EQ.SVAL) GO TO 101
+            IF (AGMINI.EQ.SVAL) AGMINI=ZDRA(INDZ)
+            AGMINI=AMIN1(AGMINI,ZDRA(INDZ))
+  101     CONTINUE
+        ELSE
+          DO 102 J=1,NEVZ
+            INDZ=INDZ+IIEZ
+            IF (ZDRA(INDZ).EQ.SVAL.OR.ZDRA(INDZ).LT.ZLOW) GO TO 102
+            IF (AGMINI.EQ.SVAL) AGMINI=ZDRA(INDZ)
+            AGMINI=AMIN1(AGMINI,ZDRA(INDZ))
+  102     CONTINUE
+        END IF
+        INDZ=INDZ-NEVZ*IIEZ+IIVZ
+  103 CONTINUE
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agnumb.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agnumb.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..24469772
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agnumb.f
@@ -0,0 +1,491 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGNUMB (NBTP,SBSE,EXMU , NLTP,NLEX,NLFL ,
+     +                             BFRM,MCIM,NCIM,IPXM , BFRE,MCIE,NCIE)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) BFRM,BFRE
+C
+C The routine AGNUMB converts the number specified by the arguments
+C NBTP, SBSE, and EXMU to the label format specified by the arguments
+C NLTP, NLEX, and NLFL, returning the characters of the mantissa in the
+C buffer BFRM and the characters of the exponent in the buffer BFRE,
+C ready for plotting.  The arguments of AGNUMB are as follows:
+C
+C -- NBTP is an integer specifying the type of number to be converted.
+C    There are three possibilities:
+C
+C        NBTP = 1 - number of the form SBSE * EXMU.
+C
+C        NBTP = 2 - number of the form SBSE * 10**EXMU.
+C
+C        NBTP = 3 - number of the form SIGN(SBSE) * ABSV(SBSE)**EXMU.
+C
+C -- SBSE is a base value for a set of labels.  See NBTP description.
+C
+C -- EXMU is an exponent or a multiplier for a given label.  Although it
+C    is a floating-point number, its value should be integral, unless
+C    NBTP equals 1 and/or NLTP equals 1.  Using a non-integral EXMU in
+C    other cases will have undesirable effects.  See NBTP description.
+C
+C -- NLTP is an integer specifying the type of label to be generated.
+C    There are three possibilities:
+C
+C      -- NLTP = 1 - label is to have an exponent portion and is to be
+C         expressed in scientific notation.
+C
+C      -- NLTP = 2 - label is to have an exponent portion and is to be
+C         expressed in a form determined by the number type NBTP.
+C
+C      -- NLTP = 3 - label is to have no exponent portion and is to be
+C         expressed in a form determined by the number type NBTP.
+C
+C    The possible label types will be described in greater detail below.
+C
+C -- NLEX (when used) is an integer specifying (in a manner depending on
+C    the values of other parameters) the value of the exponent portion
+C    of the label.  See the detailed discussion of label types, below.
+C
+C -- NLFL (when used) is an integer specifying (in a manner depending on
+C    the values of other parameters) the length of the fractional por-
+C    tion of the mantissa of the label.  See the detailed discussion of
+C    label types, below.
+C
+C -- BFRM is a character variable in which the mantissa portion of the
+C    label is to be returned.
+C
+C -- MCIM specifies the maximum number of characters BFRM can hold.
+C
+C -- NCIM is the number of characters returned in BFRM by AGNUMB.
+C
+C -- IPXM is the position of the character X in the mantissa.  If IPXM
+C    is zero, the character X does not occur in the mantissa.
+C
+C -- BFRE, MCIE, and NCIE are analogous to BFRM, MCIM, and NCIM, but
+C    pertain to the exponent portion of the label.
+C
+C Label types:  AGNUMB will produce many different types of labels, as
+C directed by the various input parameters.  Each of these is described
+C below.  The general form of a label is
+C
+C    (-) (1/) (I) (.) (F) (X 10) (E)
+C
+C where the parentheses are used to mark portions which may either be
+C present or absent.  The minus sign is included only if the label value
+C is negative.  I is the integer portion of the mantissa, included only
+C if its value is non-zero.  The decimal point is included if the input
+C parameter NLFL does not specifically direct that it should be omitted
+C or if the fractional portion of the mantissa (F) is present.  F is the
+C fractional portion of the mantissa.  The "X 10" is included if it is
+C appropriate, and is considered to be a part of the mantissa; if it is
+C included, a blank is actually returned for the character X, so the
+C routine which plots the label should construct this character by
+C drawing two short lines.  E is the exponent, returned in a separate
+C buffer so that it may be plotted in a superscript form.  The possible
+C label types are, then, as follows:
+C
+C -- Scientific notation - if the label type NLTP equals 1, the form
+C
+C        (-) (I) (.) (F) X 10 (E)
+C
+C    is used.  NLEX specifies the length of I (thus also specifying the
+C    value of the exponent E).  If NLEX is .LE. 0, I is omitted.  If
+C    NLEX is .LT. 0 and has the absolute value N, the fraction F is
+C    forced to have N leading zeroes.  NLFL specifies the length of F.
+C    If NLFL is .LE. 0, F is omitted.  If NLFL is .LT. 0, the decimal
+C    point is omitted.  If (I.F) has the value 1, (I.F X) is omitted.
+C    If the entire label has zero value, the character 0 is used.
+C
+C -- Exponential, but non-scientific notation - if the label type NLTP
+C    equals 2, the form used depends on the argument NBTP, as follows:
+C
+C     -- If NBTP equals 1 (number of the form SBSE * EXMU), the form
+C
+C            (-) (I) (.) (F) X 10 (E)
+C
+C        is used.  NLEX specifies the value of the exponent E.  The
+C        length of F is specified by NLFL.  If NLFL is .LE. 0, F is
+C        omitted.  If NLFL is .LT. 0, the decimal point is omitted.  If
+C        the label value is exactly 0, the character 0 is used.
+C
+C     -- If NBTP equals 2 (number of the form SBSE*10**EXMU), the form
+C
+C            (-) (I) (.) (F) X 10 (E)
+C
+C        is used.  The exponent E has the value NLEX+EXMU.  The length
+C        of F is specified by NLFL.  If NLFL is .LE. 0, F is omitted.
+C        If NLFL is .LT. 0, the decimal point is omitted.  If the label
+C        value is exactly 0, the character 0 is used.  If (I.F) has the
+C        value 1., then (I.F X) is omitted.
+C
+C     -- If NBTP equals 3, specifying that the number is of the form
+C        SIGN(SBSE) * ABSV(SBSE)**EXMU, the form
+C
+C            (-) (I) (.) (F) (E)
+C
+C        is used.  The exponent E has the value EXMU.  The length of F
+C        is specified by NLFL.  If NLFL is .LE. 0, F is omitted.  If
+C        NLFL is .LT. 0, the decimal point is omitted.
+C
+C -- No-exponent notation - if the label type NLTP equals 3, the form
+C    used depends on the argument NBTP, as follows:
+C
+C     -- If NBTP equals 1 (number of the form SBSE * EXMU), the form
+C
+C            (-) (I) (.) (F)
+C
+C        is used.  NLFL specifies the length of F.  If NLFL is .LE. 0,
+C        F is omitted.  If NLFL is .LT. 0, the decimal point is omitted.
+C        If the entire label has zero value, the character 0 is used.
+C
+C     -- If NBTP equals 2 (number of the form SBSE*10**EXMU), the form
+C
+C            (-) (I) (.) (F)
+C
+C        is used.  The length of F is specified by the function
+C
+C            MAX(NLFL,0)-EXMU  (if EXMU is .LT. MAX(NLFL,0))
+C            MIN(NLFL,0)       (if EXMU is .GE. MAX(NLFL,0))
+C
+C        which may appear somewhat formidable, but produces a simple,
+C        desirable result.  Suppose, for example, that SBSE = 3.6,
+C        NLFL = 1, and EXMU ranges from -3 to +3 - the labels produced
+C        are as follows:
+C
+C            .0036   .036   .36   3.6   36.   360.   3600.
+C
+C        NLFL may be viewed as specifying the length of F if EXMU is 0.
+C        If the value of the function is .LE. 0, F is omitted - if its
+C        value is .LT. 0, the decimal point is omitted.
+C
+C     -- If NBTP equals 3, specifying that the number is of the form
+C        SIGN(SBSE) * ABSV(SBSE)**EXMU, the form
+C
+C            (-) (I) (.) (F)
+C
+C        is used if EXMU is positive (or zero), and the form
+C
+C            (-) 1 / (I) (.) (F)
+C
+C        is used if EXMU is negative.  The length of F is specified by
+C        the function
+C
+C            NLFL * ABSV(EXMU)  (if EXMU is .NE. 0)
+C            MIN(NLFL,0)        (if EXMU is .EQ. 0)
+C
+C        Again, this function produces a simple result.  Suppose that
+C        SBSE = 1.1, NLFL = 1, and EXMU ranges from -3 to +3 - the
+C        labels produced are as follows:
+C
+C            1/1.331   1/1.21   1/1.1   1.   1.1   1.21   1.331
+C
+C        NLFL may be viewed as specifying the length of F if EXMU is 1.
+C        If the value of the function is .LE. 0, F is omitted - if its
+C        value is .LT. 0, the decimal point is omitted.  As another
+C        example, suppose that SBSE = 2., NLFL = -1, and EXMU ranges
+C        from -4 to +4.  The labels produced are as follows:
+C
+C            1/16   1/8   1/4   1/2   1   2   4   8   16
+C
+C The following common block contains AUTOGRAPH variables which are
+C not control parameters.  The only one used here is SMRL, which is a
+C (machine-dependent) small real which, when added to a number in the
+C range (1,10), will round it upward without seriously affecting the
+C leading significant digits.  The object of this is to get rid of
+C strings of nines.
+C
+      COMMON /AGORIP/ SMRL , ISLD , MWCL,MWCM,MWCE,MDLA,MWCD,MWDQ ,
+     +                INIF
+C
+C KHAR holds single characters to be stored away in BFRM or BFRE.
+C
+      CHARACTER*1 KHAR
+C
+C Zero character counters and pointers.
+C
+      NCIM=0
+      NCIE=0
+      IPXM=0
+C
+C Compute a jump parameter to allow a quick sorting-out of the possible
+C number-type/label-type combinations below.
+C
+      NTLT=NBTP+3*(NLTP-1)
+C
+C Compute the value (XMAN) from which the characters of the mantissa
+C will be generated.
+C
+      GO TO (101,102,103,101,102,104,101,102,105) , NTLT
+C
+  101 XMAN=SBSE*EXMU
+      GO TO 106
+C
+  102 XMAN=SBSE*SNGL(10.D0**DBLE(EXMU))
+      GO TO 106
+C
+  103 XMAN=SIGN(1.,SBSE)*SNGL(DBLE(ABS(SBSE))**DBLE(EXMU))
+      GO TO 106
+C
+  104 XMAN=SBSE
+      GO TO 106
+C
+  105 XMAN=SIGN(1.,SBSE)*SNGL(DBLE(ABS(SBSE))**DBLE(ABS(EXMU)))
+C
+C If the mantissa-generator is negative, make it positive and put a
+C minus sign in the mantissa buffer.
+C
+  106 IF (XMAN.LT.0.) THEN
+        NCIM=NCIM+1
+        IF (NCIM.GT.MCIM) GO TO 901
+        BFRM(NCIM:NCIM)='-'
+        XMAN=-XMAN
+      END IF
+C
+C If the number is zero, put a zero in the mantissa buffer and quit.
+C
+      IF (XMAN.EQ.0.) THEN
+        NCIM=NCIM+1
+        IF (NCIM.GT.MCIM) GO TO 901
+        BFRM(NCIM:NCIM)='0'
+        RETURN
+      END IF
+C
+C Reduce the mantissa-generator to the range (1.,10.), keeping track of
+C the power of 10 required to do it.  Round the result, keeping in mind
+C that the rounding may kick the value past 10. .
+C
+      IMAN=IFIX(ALOG10(XMAN))
+      IF (XMAN.LT.1.) IMAN=IMAN-1
+      XMAN=XMAN*SNGL(10.D0**(-IMAN))+SMRL
+      IF (XMAN.GE.10.) THEN
+        XMAN=XMAN/10.
+        IMAN=IMAN+1
+      END IF
+C
+C Jump (depending on the number-type/label-type combination) to set up
+C the label-generation control parameters, as follows:
+C
+C    NDPD - number of digits to precede decimal point - if NDPD .LT. 0,
+C           ABS(NDPD) leading zeroes follow the decimal point, preceding
+C           the first digit generated from XMAN.
+C    NDFD - number of digits to follow decimal point - if NDFD .LT. 0,
+C           the decimal point is suppressed.
+C    IF10 - flag, set non-zero to force generation of the (X 10) portion
+C           of the label.
+C    IFEX - flag, set non-zero to force generation of an exponent.
+C    IVEX - value of exponent (if any) - always equals (IMAN+1) - NDPD.
+C
+      GO TO (107,107,107,108,109,110,111,112,113) , NTLT
+C
+C Scientific notation.
+C
+  107 NDPD=NLEX
+      NDFD=NLFL
+      IF10=1
+      IFEX=1
+      GO TO 114
+C
+C Non-scientific exponential notation for SBSE * EXMU.
+C
+  108 NDPD=IMAN+1-NLEX
+      NDFD=NLFL
+      IF10=1
+      IFEX=1
+      GO TO 114
+C
+C Non-scientific exponential notation for SBSE * 10**EXMU.
+C
+  109 NDPD=IMAN+1-(NLEX+IFIX(EXMU+SMRL*EXMU))
+      NDFD=NLFL
+      IF10=1
+      IFEX=1
+      GO TO 114
+C
+C Non-scientific exponential notation for SIGN(SBSE) * ABSV(SBSE)**EXMU.
+C
+  110 NDPD=IMAN+1
+      IMAN=IMAN+IFIX(EXMU+SMRL*EXMU)
+      NDFD=NLFL
+      IF10=0
+      IFEX=1
+      GO TO 115
+C
+C No-exponent notation for SBSE * EXMU.
+C
+  111 NDPD=IMAN+1
+      NDFD=NLFL
+      IF10=0
+      IFEX=0
+      GO TO 115
+C
+C No-exponent notation for SBSE * 10**EXMU.
+C
+  112 NDPD=IMAN+1
+      NDFD=MAX0(NLFL,0)-IFIX(EXMU+SMRL*EXMU)
+      IF (NDFD.LE.0) NDFD=MIN0(NLFL,0)
+      IF10=0
+      IFEX=0
+      GO TO 115
+C
+C No-exponent notation for SIGN(SBSE) * ABSV(SBSE)**EXMU
+C
+  113 IF (EXMU.LT.0.) THEN
+        NCIM=NCIM+1
+        IF (NCIM.GT.MCIM) GO TO 901
+        BFRM(NCIM:NCIM)='1'
+        NCIM=NCIM+1
+        IF (NCIM.GT.MCIM) GO TO 901
+        BFRM(NCIM:NCIM)='/'
+      END IF
+C
+      NDPD=IMAN+1
+      NDFD=NLFL*IFIX(ABS(EXMU+SMRL*EXMU))
+      IF (NDFD.EQ.0) NDFD=MIN0(NLFL,0)
+      IF10=0
+      IFEX=0
+      GO TO 115
+C
+C If there is an exponent of 10 and the mantissa is precisely 1, omit
+C the (I.F X) portion of the mantissa.
+C
+  114 IF (NDPD.NE.1) GO TO 115
+      IF (IFIX(XMAN).NE.1) GO TO 115
+      IF (((XMAN-1.)*10.**MAX0(0,NDFD)).GE.1.) GO TO 115
+      IVEX=IMAN+1-NDPD
+      GO TO 123
+C
+C Generate the characters of the mantissa (I.F).  Check first for zero-
+C or-negative-length error.
+C
+  115 LMAN=MAX0(NDPD,0)+1+MAX0(NDFD,-1)
+      IF (LMAN.LE.0) GO TO 903
+C
+C Make sure the mantissa buffer is big enough to hold (I.F).
+C
+      IF (NCIM+LMAN.GT.MCIM) GO TO 901
+C
+C Compute the value of the parameter IVEX before changing NDPD.
+C
+      IVEX=IMAN+1-NDPD
+C
+C Generate the digits preceding the decimal point, if any.
+C
+      IF (NDPD.LE.0) GO TO 117
+C
+      ASSIGN 116 TO JUMP
+      GO TO 121
+C
+  116 NDPD=NDPD-1
+      IF (NDPD.NE.0) GO TO 121
+C
+C Generate the decimal point.
+C
+  117 KHAR='.'
+      ASSIGN 118 TO JUMP
+      GO TO 122
+C
+C Generate leading zeroes, if any, after the decimal point.
+C
+  118 IF (NDPD.EQ.0) GO TO 120
+      KHAR='0'
+      ASSIGN 119 TO JUMP
+      GO TO 122
+C
+  119 NDPD=NDPD+1
+      IF (NDPD.NE.0) GO TO 122
+C
+C Generate remaining fractional digits.
+C
+  120 ASSIGN 121 TO JUMP
+C
+C Generate a digit from the mantissa-generator.  It is assumed that, for
+C n between 1 and 9, ICHAR('n') = ICHAR('n-1') + 1 .
+C
+  121 IDGT=IFIX(XMAN)
+      KHAR=CHAR(ICHAR('0')+IDGT)
+      XMAN=XMAN-FLOAT(IDGT)
+      XMAN=XMAN*10.
+C
+C Store a digit from KHAR into the mantissa buffer.
+C
+  122 NCIM=NCIM+1
+      BFRM(NCIM:NCIM)=KHAR
+C
+C Check whether (I.F) is complete.
+C
+      LMAN=LMAN-1
+      IF (LMAN.NE.0) GO TO JUMP , (116,118,119,121)
+C
+C If appropriate, leave space in the mantissa buffer for the "X" .
+C
+      IF (IF10.EQ.0) GO TO 124
+      NCIM=NCIM+1
+      IF (NCIM.GT.MCIM) GO TO 901
+      IPXM=NCIM
+      BFRM(IPXM:IPXM)=' '
+C
+C If appropriate, put a "10" in the mantissa buffer.
+C
+  123 NCIM=NCIM+1
+      IF (NCIM.GT.MCIM) GO TO 901
+      BFRM(NCIM:NCIM)='1'
+      NCIM=NCIM+1
+      IF (NCIM.GT.MCIM) GO TO 901
+      BFRM(NCIM:NCIM)='0'
+C
+C If appropriate, generate an exponent in the exponent buffer.
+C
+  124 IF (IFEX.EQ.0) RETURN
+C
+      IF (IVEX) 126,125,127
+C
+  125 NCIE=NCIE+1
+      IF (NCIE.GT.MCIE) GO TO 902
+      BFRE(NCIE:NCIE)='0'
+      RETURN
+C
+  126 NCIE=NCIE+1
+      IF (NCIE.GT.MCIE) GO TO 902
+      BFRE(NCIE:NCIE)='-'
+      IVEX=-IVEX
+C
+  127 NCIE=NCIE+1
+      IF (IVEX.GE.10) NCIE=NCIE+1
+      IF (IVEX.GE.100) NCIE=NCIE+1
+      IF (IVEX.GE.1000) NCIE=NCIE+1
+      IF (NCIE.GT.MCIE) GO TO 902
+C
+      DO 128 I=1,4
+        J=NCIE+1-I
+        BFRE(J:J)=CHAR(ICHAR('0')+MOD(IVEX,10))
+        IVEX=IVEX/10
+        IF (IVEX.EQ.0) RETURN
+  128 CONTINUE
+C
+      IF (IVEX.NE.0) GO TO 902
+C
+C Done.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+C Error exits.
+C
+  901 CALL SETER ('AGNUMB - MANTISSA TOO LONG',4,2)
+C
+  902 CALL SETER ('AGNUMB - EXPONENT TOO LARGE',5,2)
+C
+  903 CALL SETER ('AGNUMB - ZERO-LENGTH MANTISSA',6,2)
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agppid.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agppid.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..145d98d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agppid.f
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGPPID (TPID)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) TPID
+C
+C The object of this routine is to print out a parameter identifier
+C which has caused some kind of problem.
+C
+C Define a character variable to hold the print line.
+C
+      CHARACTER*124 TEMP
+C
+C +NOAO
+      integer*2 itemp(124)
+C -NOAO
+C
+C Set up the print line.
+C
+      TEMP='0PARAMETER IDENTIFIER - '
+C
+C Transfer characters of the parameter identifier, one at a time, until
+C 100 have been transferred or a period is encountered, whichever occurs
+C first.  This is done so as to allow for old programs on the Cray which
+C used Hollerith strings as parameter identifiers.
+C
+      I=24
+C
+      DO 101 J=1,100
+        I=I+1
+        TEMP(I:I)=TPID(J:J)
+        IF (TEMP(I:I).EQ.'.') GO TO 102
+  101 CONTINUE
+C
+C Print the line.
+C
+C +NOAO - replace FTN write and format statement.
+C 102 WRITE (I1MACH(4),1001) TEMP
+  102 CONTINUE
+      call f77upk (temp, itemp, 125)
+      call pstr (itemp)
+C
+C Done.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+C Format.
+C
+C1001 FORMAT (A124)
+C -NOAO
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agpwrt.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agpwrt.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..25cc2e52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agpwrt.f
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGPWRT (XPOS,YPOS,CHRS,NCHS,ISIZ,IORI,ICEN)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) CHRS
+C
+C This routine just passes its arguments along to the character-drawing
+C routine PWRIT, in the system plot package.  By substituting his/her
+C own version of AGPWRT, the user can cause a fancier character-drawer
+C to be used.
+C
+      CALL PWRIT (XPOS,YPOS,CHRS,NCHS,ISIZ,IORI,ICEN)
+C
+C Done.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agqurv.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agqurv.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..dc70fc43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agqurv.f
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGQURV (XVEC,IIEX,YVEC,IIEY,NEXY,SVAL)
+C
+      DIMENSION XVEC(1),YVEC(1)
+C
+C AGQURV plots the curve defined by the points ((X(I),Y(I)),I=1,NEXY),
+C where
+C
+C    X(I)=XVEC(1+(I-1)*IIEX) (unless IIEX=0, in which case X(I)=I), and
+C    Y(I)=YVEC(1+(I-1)*IIEY) (unless IIEY=0, in which case Y(I)=I).
+C
+C If, for some I, X(I)=SVAL or Y(I)=SVAL, curve line segments having
+C (X(I),Y(I)) as an endpoint are omitted.
+C
+C The curve drawn is windowed.  Portions of the curve which would fall
+C outside the current curve window, as defined by the last SET call,
+C are not drawn.
+C
+C Check first whether the number of curve points is properly specified.
+C
+      IF (NEXY.LE.0) GO TO 901
+C
+C Initialization.  Pretend that the last point was point number zero.
+C Set the indices for the x and y vectors accordingly.  Clear the line-
+C drawn-to-last-point and last-point-outside-window flags.
+C
+      INDP=0
+      INDX=1-IIEX
+      INDY=1-IIEY
+      LDLP=0
+      LPOW=0
+C
+C Initialization.  Retrieve the current curve window, user window, and
+C x/y linear/logarithmic flags.
+C
+      CALL GETSET (XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW,XLUW,XRUW,YBUW,YTUW,LTYP)
+C
+C Initialization.  Set linear/log flag and linear-window limits for
+C x-axis values.
+C
+      IF (LTYP.EQ.1.OR.LTYP.EQ.2) THEN
+        LLUX=0
+        XLLW=XLUW
+        XRLW=XRUW
+      ELSE
+        LLUX=1
+        XLLW=ALOG10(XLUW)
+        XRLW=ALOG10(XRUW)
+      END IF
+C
+C Initialization.  Set linear/log flag and linear-window limits for
+C y-axis values.
+C
+      IF (LTYP.EQ.1.OR.LTYP.EQ.3) THEN
+        LLUY=0
+        YBLW=YBUW
+        YTLW=YTUW
+      ELSE
+        LLUY=1
+        YBLW=ALOG10(YBUW)
+        YTLW=ALOG10(YTUW)
+      END IF
+C
+C Initialization.  Call SET, if necessary, to define a linear mapping.
+C (This greatly simplifies the windowing code.)
+C
+      IF (LTYP.NE.1)
+     +              CALL SET (XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW,XLLW,XRLW,YBLW,YTLW,1)
+C
+C Initialization.  Compute mimimum and maximum values of x which are
+C slightly outside the linear window.  (Note:  XLLW and XRLW will not
+C be used after this.)
+C
+      IF (XLLW.GT.XRLW) THEN
+        TEMP=XLLW
+        XLLW=XRLW
+        XRLW=TEMP
+      END IF
+      XEPS=.000001*(XRLW-XLLW)
+      XMIN=XLLW-XEPS
+      XMAX=XRLW+XEPS
+C
+C Initialization.  Compute minimum and maximum values of y which are
+C slightly outside the linear window.  (Note:  YBLW and YTLW will not
+C be used after this.)
+C
+      IF (YBLW.GT.YTLW) THEN
+        TEMP=YBLW
+        YBLW=YTLW
+        YTLW=TEMP
+      END IF
+      YEPS=.000001*(YTLW-YBLW)
+      YMIN=YBLW-YEPS
+      YMAX=YTLW+YEPS
+C
+C Beginning of loop through points.  Update indices and determine the
+C user-space coordinates of the next point.
+C
+  101 IF (INDP.EQ.NEXY) GO TO 120
+      INDP=INDP+1
+C
+      INDX=INDX+IIEX
+      XNXT=XVEC(INDX)
+      IF (IIEX.EQ.0) XNXT=FLOAT(INDP)
+      IF (LLUX.NE.0.AND.XNXT.LE.0.) XNXT=SVAL
+C
+      INDY=INDY+IIEY
+      YNXT=YVEC(INDY)
+      IF (IIEY.EQ.0) YNXT=FLOAT(INDP)
+      IF (LLUY.NE.0.AND.YNXT.LE.0.) YNXT=SVAL
+C
+C Check whether (XNXT,YNXT) is a special-value point.  Handle that case.
+C
+      IF (XNXT.EQ.SVAL.OR.YNXT.EQ.SVAL) THEN
+        LPOW=0
+        IF (LDLP.EQ.0) GO TO 101
+        IF (LDLP.EQ.1) CALL VECTD (XLST,YLST)
+        CALL LASTD
+        LDLP=0
+        GO TO 101
+      END IF
+C
+C If user space is not linear/linear, modify XNXT and YNXT accordingly.
+C
+      IF (LLUX.NE.0) XNXT=ALOG10(XNXT)
+      IF (LLUY.NE.0) YNXT=ALOG10(YNXT)
+C
+C Set the next-point-outside-window flag to a value between -4 and +4,
+C inclusive.  A non-zero value indicates that the next point is outside
+C the window and indicates which of eight possible areas it falls in.
+C
+      NPOW=IFIX(3.*(SIGN(.51,XNXT-XMIN)+SIGN(.51,XNXT-XMAX))+
+     +             (SIGN(.51,YNXT-YMIN)+SIGN(.51,YNXT-YMAX)))
+C
+C There are now various possible cases, depending on whether the line-
+C drawn-to-last-point flag is set or not, whether the next point is in
+C the window or not, and whether the last point was in the window, not
+C in the window, or non-existent (point 0 or a special-value point).
+C
+      IF (LDLP.EQ.0) GO TO 102
+      IF (NPOW.NE.0) GO TO 103
+C
+C Line drawn to last point, next point inside, last point inside.
+C
+      CALL VECTD (XNXT,YNXT)
+      LDLP=LDLP+1
+      GO TO 119
+C
+  102 IF (NPOW.NE.0) GO TO 109
+      IF (LPOW.NE.0) GO TO 105
+C
+C No line drawn to last point, next point inside, no last point.
+C
+      CALL FRSTD (XNXT,YNXT)
+      LDLP=1
+      GO TO 119
+C
+C Line drawn to last point, next point outside, last point inside.
+C
+  103 XPIW=XLST
+      YPIW=YLST
+      XPOW=XNXT
+      YPOW=YNXT
+      ASSIGN 104 TO JUMP
+      GO TO 107
+  104 CALL VECTD (XPEW,YPEW)
+      CALL LASTD
+      LDLP=0
+      GO TO 119
+C
+C No line drawn to last point, next point inside, last point outside.
+C
+  105 XPIW=XNXT
+      YPIW=YNXT
+      XPOW=XLST
+      YPOW=YLST
+      ASSIGN 106 TO JUMP
+      GO TO 107
+  106 CALL FRSTD (XPEW,YPEW)
+      CALL VECTD (XNXT,YNXT)
+      LDLP=2
+      GO TO 119
+C
+C The following local procedure, given a point (XPIW,YPIW) inside the
+C window and a point (XPOW,YPOW) outside the window, finds the point of
+C intersection (XPEW,YPEW) of a line joining them with the window edge.
+C
+  107 XPEW=XPIW
+      YPEW=YPIW
+      XDIF=XPOW-XPIW
+      YDIF=YPOW-YPIW
+C
+      IF (ABS(XDIF).GT.XEPS) THEN
+        XPEW=XMIN
+        IF (XDIF.GE.0.) XPEW=XMAX
+        YPEW=YPIW+(XPEW-XPIW)*YDIF/XDIF
+        IF (YPEW.GE.YMIN.AND.YPEW.LE.YMAX) GO TO 108
+      END IF
+C
+      IF (ABS(YDIF).GT.YEPS) THEN
+        YPEW=YMIN
+        IF (YDIF.GE.0.) YPEW=YMAX
+        XPEW=XPIW+(YPEW-YPIW)*XDIF/YDIF
+      END IF
+C
+  108 GO TO JUMP , (104,106)
+C
+C No line drawn to last point, next point outside.  Jump if no last
+C point.
+C
+  109 IF (LPOW.EQ.0) GO TO 119
+C
+C No line drawn to last point, next point outside, last point outside.
+C Check whether a portion of the line joining them lies in the window.
+C
+      MPOW=9*LPOW+NPOW+41
+C
+      GO TO (119,119,119,119,119,110,119,110,110,
+     +       119,119,119,111,119,110,111,110,110,
+     +       119,119,119,111,119,119,111,111,119,
+     +       119,113,113,119,119,110,119,110,110,
+     +       119,119,119,119,119,119,119,119,119,
+     +       112,112,119,112,119,119,111,111,119,
+     +       119,113,113,119,119,113,119,119,119,
+     +       112,112,113,112,119,113,119,119,119,
+     +       112,112,119,112,119,119,119,119,119) , MPOW
+C
+  110 XPE1=XMIN
+      YPT1=YMIN
+      XPE2=XMAX
+      YPT2=YMAX
+      GO TO 114
+C
+  111 XPE1=XMIN
+      YPT1=YMAX
+      XPE2=XMAX
+      YPT2=YMIN
+      GO TO 114
+C
+  112 XPE1=XMAX
+      YPT1=YMAX
+      XPE2=XMIN
+      YPT2=YMIN
+      GO TO 114
+C
+  113 XPE1=XMAX
+      YPT1=YMIN
+      XPE2=XMIN
+      YPT2=YMAX
+C
+  114 XDIF=XNXT-XLST
+      YDIF=YNXT-YLST
+C
+      IF (ABS(XDIF).LE.XEPS) GO TO 116
+      YPE1=YLST+(XPE1-XLST)*YDIF/XDIF
+      YPE2=YLST+(XPE2-XLST)*YDIF/XDIF
+C
+      IF (ABS(YDIF).LE.YEPS) GO TO 118
+      IF (YPE1.GE.YMIN.AND.YPE1.LE.YMAX) GO TO 115
+      YPE1=YPT1
+      XPE1=XLST+(YPE1-YLST)*XDIF/YDIF
+      IF (XPE1.LT.XMIN.OR.XPE1.GT.XMAX) GO TO 119
+C
+  115 IF (YPE2.GE.YMIN.AND.YPE2.LE.YMAX) GO TO 118
+      GO TO 117
+C
+  116 YPE1=YPT1
+      XPE1=XLST+(YPE1-YLST)*XDIF/YDIF
+      IF (XPE1.LT.XMIN.OR.XPE1.GT.XMAX) GO TO 119
+C
+  117 YPE2=YPT2
+      XPE2=XLST+(YPE2-YLST)*XDIF/YDIF
+      IF (XPE2.LT.XMIN.OR.XPE2.GT.XMAX) GO TO 119
+C
+  118 CALL FRSTD (XPE1,YPE1)
+      CALL VECTD (XPE2,YPE2)
+      CALL LASTD
+C
+C Processing of next point is done.  It becomes the last point and we
+C go back for a new next point.
+C
+  119 LPOW=NPOW
+      XLST=XNXT
+      YLST=YNXT
+      GO TO 101
+C
+C Last point was final point.  Finish up.
+C
+  120 IF (LDLP.NE.0) THEN
+        IF (LDLP.EQ.1) CALL VECTD (XLST,YLST)
+        CALL LASTD
+      END IF
+C
+C Restore logarithmic mapping, if appropriate.
+C
+      IF (LTYP.NE.1)
+     +           CALL SET (XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW,XLUW,XRUW,YBUW,YTUW,LTYP)
+C
+C Return to caller.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+C Error exit.
+C
+  901 CALL SETER ('AGQURV - NUMBER OF POINTS IS LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO ZE
+     +RO',7,2)
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agrpch.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agrpch.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c37a7ae4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agrpch.f
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGRPCH (CHST,LNCS,IDCS)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) CHST
+C
+C This routine is used to replace a character string previously stored
+C by the routine AGSTCH (which see).  This could be done by an AGDLCH
+C followed by an AGSTCH, and, in fact, under certain conditions, does
+C exactly that.  Only when it is easy to do so does AGRPCH operate more
+C efficiently.  Nevertheless, a user who (for example) repeatedly and
+C perhaps redundantly defines x-axis labels of the same length may
+C greatly benefit thereby; repeated deletes and stores would lead to
+C frequent garbage collection by AGSTCH.
+C
+C AGRPCH has the following arguments:
+C
+C -- CHST is the new character string, to replace what was originally
+C    stored.
+C
+C -- LNCS is the length of the character string in CHST.
+C
+C -- IDCS is the identifier returned by AGSTCH when the original string
+C    was stored.  The value of IDCS may be changed by the call.
+C
+C The following common blocks contain variables which are required for
+C the character-storage-and-retrieval scheme of AUTOGRAPH.
+C
+      COMMON /AGCHR1/ LNIC,INCH(2,50),LNCA,INCA
+C
+      COMMON /AGCHR2/ CHRA(2000)
+C
+      CHARACTER*1 CHRA
+C
+C If the identifier is positive or is negative but less than -LNIC, the
+C original string was never stored in CHRA; just treat the replacement
+C as a store and return a new value of IDCS.
+C
+      IF (IDCS.GT.(-1).OR.IDCS.LT.(-LNIC)) THEN
+        CALL AGSTCH (CHST,LNCS,IDCS)
+C
+      ELSE
+C
+C The absolute value of the identifier is the index, in INCH, of the
+C descriptor of the character string stored in CHRA.  If the new string
+C is shorter than the old one, store it and zero remaining character
+C positions.  Otherwise, treat the replacement as a delete followed by
+C a store.
+C
+        I=-IDCS
+        IF (LNCS.LE.INCH(2,I)) THEN
+          J=INCH(1,I)-1
+          DO 101 K=1,LNCS
+            J=J+1
+            CHRA(J)=CHST(K:K)
+  101     CONTINUE
+          DO 102 K=LNCS+1,INCH(2,I)
+            J=J+1
+            CHRA(J)=CHAR(0)
+  102     CONTINUE
+          INCH(2,I)=LNCS
+        ELSE
+          CALL AGDLCH (IDCS)
+          CALL AGSTCH (CHST,LNCS,IDCS)
+        END IF
+C
+      END IF
+C
+C Done.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agrstr.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agrstr.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..72afc643
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agrstr.f
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C +NOAO - this subroutine is a no-op in IRAF.
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGRSTR (IFNO)
+C
+C This subroutine is called to restore the current state of AUTOGRAPH by
+C reading all of its important variables from a record on the file which
+C is associated with the unit number IFNO.
+C
+C The following common block contains the AUTOGRAPH control parameters,
+C all of which are real.  If it is changed, all of AUTOGRAPH (especially
+C the routine AGSCAN) must be examined for possible side effects.
+C
+      COMMON /AGCONP/ QFRA,QSET,QROW,QIXY,QWND,QBAC , SVAL(2) ,
+     +                XLGF,XRGF,YBGF,YTGF , XLGD,XRGD,YBGD,YTGD , SOGD ,
+     +                XMIN,XMAX,QLUX,QOVX,QCEX,XLOW,XHGH ,
+     +                YMIN,YMAX,QLUY,QOVY,QCEY,YLOW,YHGH ,
+     +                QDAX(4),QSPA(4),PING(4),PINU(4),FUNS(4),QBTD(4),
+     +                BASD(4),QMJD(4),QJDP(4),WMJL(4),WMJR(4),QMND(4),
+     +                QNDP(4),WMNL(4),WMNR(4),QLTD(4),QLED(4),QLFD(4),
+     +                QLOF(4),QLOS(4),DNLA(4),WCLM(4),WCLE(4) ,
+     +                QODP,QCDP,WOCD,WODQ,QDSH(26) ,
+     +                     QDLB,QBIM,FLLB(10,8),QBAN ,
+     +                QLLN,TCLN,QNIM,FLLN(6,16),QNAN ,
+     +                XLGW,XRGW,YBGW,YTGW , XLUW,XRUW,YBUW,YTUW ,
+     +                XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW , WCWP,HCWP,SCWP ,
+     +                XBGA(4),YBGA(4),UBGA(4),XNDA(4),YNDA(4),UNDA(4),
+     +                QBTP(4),BASE(4),QMNT(4),QLTP(4),QLEX(4),QLFL(4),
+     +                QCIM(4),QCIE(4),RFNL(4),WNLL(4),WNLR(4),WNLB(4),
+     +                WNLE(4),QLUA(4) ,
+     +                RBOX(6),DBOX(6,4),SBOX(6,4)
+C
+C The following common block contains other AUTOGRAPH variables, both
+C real and integer, which are not control parameters.
+C
+      COMMON /AGORIP/ SMRL , ISLD , MWCL,MWCM,MWCE,MDLA,MWCD,MWDQ ,
+     +                INIF
+C
+C The following common blocks contain variables which are required for
+C the character-storage-and-retrieval scheme of AUTOGRAPH.
+C
+      COMMON /AGCHR1/ LNIC,INCH(2,50),LNCA,INCA
+C
+      COMMON /AGCHR2/ CHRA(2000)
+C
+      CHARACTER*1 CHRA
+C
+C Read the record.
+C
+C     READ (IFNO,ERR=901,END=902)
+C    1 BASD,BASE,DBOX,DNLA,FLLB,FLLN,FUNS,HCWP,PING,PINU,QBAC,QBAN,QBIM,
+C    2 QBTD,QBTP,QCDP,QCEX,QCEY,QCIE,QCIM,QDAX,QDLB,QDSH,QFRA,QIXY,QJDP,
+C    3 QLED,QLEX,QLFD,QLFL,QLLN,QLOF,QLOS,QLTD,QLTP,QLUA,QLUX,QLUY,QMJD,
+C    4 QMND,QMNT,QNAN,QNDP,QNIM,QODP,QOVX,QOVY,QROW,QSET,QSPA,QWND,RBOX,
+C    5 RFNL,SBOX,SCWP,SOGD,SVAL,TCLN,UBGA,UNDA,WCLE,WCLM,WCWP,WMJL,WMJR,
+C    6 WMNL,WMNR,WNLB,WNLE,WNLL,WNLR,WOCD,WODQ,XBGA,XHGH,XLCW,XLGD,XLGF,
+C    7 XLGW,XLOW,XLUW,XMAX,XMIN,XNDA,XRCW,XRGD,XRGF,XRGW,XRUW,YBCW,YBGA,
+C    8 YBGD,YBGF,YBGW,YBUW,YHGH,YLOW,YMAX,YMIN,YNDA,YTCW,YTGD,YTGF,YTGW,
+C    9 YTUW,
+C    + INIF,ISLD,MDLA,MWCD,MWCE,MWCL,MWCM,MWDQ,SMRL,
+C    1 INCA,INCH,LNCA,LNIC,
+C    2 CHRA
+C
+C Done.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+C Error exits.
+C
+C 901 CALL SETER ('AGRSTR - ERROR ON READ',8,2)
+C
+C 902 CALL SETER ('AGRSTR - END-OF-FILE ON READ',9,2)
+C
+C -NOAO
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agsave.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agsave.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ef0feb7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agsave.f
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C +NOAO - This routine is a no-op in IRAF.
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGSAVE (IFNO)
+C
+C This subroutine is called to save the current state of AUTOGRAPH by
+C writing all of its important variables as a record on the file which
+C is associated with the unit number IFNO.
+C
+C The following common block contains the AUTOGRAPH control parameters,
+C all of which are real.  If it is changed, all of AUTOGRAPH (especially
+C the routine AGSCAN) must be examined for possible side effects.
+C
+      COMMON /AGCONP/ QFRA,QSET,QROW,QIXY,QWND,QBAC , SVAL(2) ,
+     +                XLGF,XRGF,YBGF,YTGF , XLGD,XRGD,YBGD,YTGD , SOGD ,
+     +                XMIN,XMAX,QLUX,QOVX,QCEX,XLOW,XHGH ,
+     +                YMIN,YMAX,QLUY,QOVY,QCEY,YLOW,YHGH ,
+     +                QDAX(4),QSPA(4),PING(4),PINU(4),FUNS(4),QBTD(4),
+     +                BASD(4),QMJD(4),QJDP(4),WMJL(4),WMJR(4),QMND(4),
+     +                QNDP(4),WMNL(4),WMNR(4),QLTD(4),QLED(4),QLFD(4),
+     +                QLOF(4),QLOS(4),DNLA(4),WCLM(4),WCLE(4) ,
+     +                QODP,QCDP,WOCD,WODQ,QDSH(26) ,
+     +                     QDLB,QBIM,FLLB(10,8),QBAN ,
+     +                QLLN,TCLN,QNIM,FLLN(6,16),QNAN ,
+     +                XLGW,XRGW,YBGW,YTGW , XLUW,XRUW,YBUW,YTUW ,
+     +                XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW , WCWP,HCWP,SCWP ,
+     +                XBGA(4),YBGA(4),UBGA(4),XNDA(4),YNDA(4),UNDA(4),
+     +                QBTP(4),BASE(4),QMNT(4),QLTP(4),QLEX(4),QLFL(4),
+     +                QCIM(4),QCIE(4),RFNL(4),WNLL(4),WNLR(4),WNLB(4),
+     +                WNLE(4),QLUA(4) ,
+     +                RBOX(6),DBOX(6,4),SBOX(6,4)
+C
+C The following common block contains other AUTOGRAPH variables, both
+C real and integer, which are not control parameters.
+C
+      COMMON /AGORIP/ SMRL , ISLD , MWCL,MWCM,MWCE,MDLA,MWCD,MWDQ ,
+     +                INIF
+C
+C The following common blocks contain variables which are required for
+C the character-storage-and-retrieval scheme of AUTOGRAPH.
+C
+      COMMON /AGCHR1/ LNIC,INCH(2,50),LNCA,INCA
+C
+      COMMON /AGCHR2/ CHRA(2000)
+C
+      CHARACTER*1 CHRA
+C
+C If initialization has not yet been done, do it.
+C
+      IF (INIF.EQ.0) THEN
+        CALL AGINIT
+      END IF
+C
+C Write the record.  Variables from each COMMON block are together, in
+C alphabetical order.
+C
+C     WRITE (IFNO,ERR=901)
+C    1 BASD,BASE,DBOX,DNLA,FLLB,FLLN,FUNS,HCWP,PING,PINU,QBAC,QBAN,QBIM,
+C    2 QBTD,QBTP,QCDP,QCEX,QCEY,QCIE,QCIM,QDAX,QDLB,QDSH,QFRA,QIXY,QJDP,
+C    3 QLED,QLEX,QLFD,QLFL,QLLN,QLOF,QLOS,QLTD,QLTP,QLUA,QLUX,QLUY,QMJD,
+C    4 QMND,QMNT,QNAN,QNDP,QNIM,QODP,QOVX,QOVY,QROW,QSET,QSPA,QWND,RBOX,
+C    5 RFNL,SBOX,SCWP,SOGD,SVAL,TCLN,UBGA,UNDA,WCLE,WCLM,WCWP,WMJL,WMJR,
+C    6 WMNL,WMNR,WNLB,WNLE,WNLL,WNLR,WOCD,WODQ,XBGA,XHGH,XLCW,XLGD,XLGF,
+C    7 XLGW,XLOW,XLUW,XMAX,XMIN,XNDA,XRCW,XRGD,XRGF,XRGW,XRUW,YBCW,YBGA,
+C    8 YBGD,YBGF,YBGW,YBUW,YHGH,YLOW,YMAX,YMIN,YNDA,YTCW,YTGD,YTGF,YTGW,
+C    9 YTUW,
+C    + INIF,ISLD,MDLA,MWCD,MWCE,MWCL,MWCM,MWDQ,SMRL,
+C    1 INCA,INCH,LNCA,LNIC,
+C    2 CHRA
+C
+C Done.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+C Error exit.
+C
+C 901 CALL SETER ('AGSAVE - ERROR ON WRITE',10,2)
+C
+C -NOAO
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agscan.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agscan.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..222db6c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agscan.f
@@ -0,0 +1,628 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGSCAN (TPID,LOPA,NIPA,IIPA)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) TPID
+C
+C The routine AGSCAN is used by AGGETP and AGSETP to scan a parameter
+C identifier and return a description of the parameter-list items which
+C are specified by that parameter identifier.  It has the following
+C arguments:
+C
+C -- TPID is the parameter identifier.
+C
+C -- LOPA is the index of the first parameter-list item specified.
+C
+C -- NIPA is the number of parameter-list items specified.
+C
+C -- IIPA is the index increment between one of the parameter-list items
+C    specified and the next (meaningless if NIPA=1).
+C
+C
+C BEWARE BEWARE BEWARE BEWARE BEWARE BEWARE BEWARE BEWARE BEWARE BEWARE
+C
+C Originally, this routine used the function "LOC" to return, in LOPA,
+C the base address, in core, of the specified parameter group.  To some
+C degree, it was thereby insulated from changes in the labelled common
+C block AGCONP.  With the demise of "LOC", LOPA has been re-defined and
+C that insulation no longer exists.  In the following code, there are
+C integers which represent the indices of desired quantities in common.
+C
+C BEWARE BEWARE BEWARE BEWARE BEWARE BEWARE BEWARE BEWARE BEWARE BEWARE
+C
+C
+C The following common block contains the AUTOGRAPH control parameters,
+C all of which are real.  If it is changed, all of AUTOGRAPH (especially
+C the routine AGSCAN) must be examined for possible side effects.
+C
+      COMMON /AGCONP/ QFRA,QSET,QROW,QIXY,QWND,QBAC , SVAL(2) ,
+     +                XLGF,XRGF,YBGF,YTGF , XLGD,XRGD,YBGD,YTGD , SOGD ,
+     +                XMIN,XMAX,QLUX,QOVX,QCEX,XLOW,XHGH ,
+     +                YMIN,YMAX,QLUY,QOVY,QCEY,YLOW,YHGH ,
+     +                QDAX(4),QSPA(4),PING(4),PINU(4),FUNS(4),QBTD(4),
+     +                BASD(4),QMJD(4),QJDP(4),WMJL(4),WMJR(4),QMND(4),
+     +                QNDP(4),WMNL(4),WMNR(4),QLTD(4),QLED(4),QLFD(4),
+     +                QLOF(4),QLOS(4),DNLA(4),WCLM(4),WCLE(4) ,
+     +                QODP,QCDP,WOCD,WODQ,QDSH(26) ,
+     +                     QDLB,QBIM,FLLB(10,8),QBAN ,
+     +                QLLN,TCLN,QNIM,FLLN(6,16),QNAN ,
+     +                XLGW,XRGW,YBGW,YTGW , XLUW,XRUW,YBUW,YTUW ,
+     +                XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW , WCWP,HCWP,SCWP ,
+     +                XBGA(4),YBGA(4),UBGA(4),XNDA(4),YNDA(4),UNDA(4),
+     +                QBTP(4),BASE(4),QMNT(4),QLTP(4),QLEX(4),QLFL(4),
+     +                QCIM(4),QCIE(4),RFNL(4),WNLL(4),WNLR(4),WNLB(4),
+     +                WNLE(4),QLUA(4) ,
+     +                RBOX(6),DBOX(6,4),SBOX(6,4)
+C
+C Declare the block data routine EXTERNAL to force loading of it.
+C
+C +NOAO - call agdflt as run time initialization
+C
+C     EXTERNAL AGDFLT
+      call agdflt
+C -NOAO
+C
+C Initialize the parameter-identifier character index.
+C
+      IPID=0
+C
+C Initialize the value of the index increment to be returned.
+C
+      IIPA=1
+C
+C Find the first keyword in the parameter identifier.
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'PRIMFRAMSET ROW INVEWINDNULLGRAPGRIDX
+     +   Y   AXISLEFTRIGHBOTTTOP DASHLABELINESECOBACK')
+C
+      GO TO (101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,
+     +       111,113,114,114,114,114,132,133,147,155,166,901) , IKWL
+C
+C PRIMARY CONTROL PARAMETERS.
+C
+  101 LOPA=1
+      NIPA=336
+      GO TO 203
+C
+C FRAME PARAMETER.
+C
+  102 LOPA=1
+      GO TO 202
+C
+C SET PARAMETER.
+C
+  103 LOPA=2
+      GO TO 202
+C
+C ROW PARAMETER.
+C
+  104 LOPA=3
+      GO TO 202
+C
+C X/Y INVERSION PARAMETER.
+C
+  105 LOPA=4
+      GO TO 202
+C
+C WINDOWING PARAMETER.
+C
+  106 LOPA=5
+      GO TO 202
+C
+C BACKGROUND PARAMETER.
+C
+  166 LOPA=6
+      GO TO 202
+C
+C NULL PARAMETER(S).
+C
+  107 LOPA=7
+      NIPA=2
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'1   2   ')
+C
+      IF (IKWL.EQ.3) GO TO 901
+      GO TO 201
+C
+C PLOT (GRAPH) WINDOW PARAMETERS.
+C
+  108 LOPA=9
+      NIPA=4
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'LEFTRIGHBOTTTOP ')
+C
+      IF (IKWL.EQ.5) GO TO 901
+      GO TO 201
+C
+C GRID WINDOW PARAMETERS.
+C
+  109 LOPA=13
+      NIPA=5
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'LEFTRIGHBOTTTOP SHAP')
+C
+      IF (IKWL.EQ.6) GO TO 901
+      GO TO 201
+C
+C X DATA PARAMETERS.
+C
+  110 LOPA=18
+      GO TO 112
+C
+C Y DATA PARAMETERS.
+C
+  111 LOPA=25
+C
+C X OR Y DATA PARAMETERS.
+C
+  112 NIPA=7
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'MINIMAXILOGAORDENICESMALLARG')
+C
+      IF (IKWL.EQ.8) GO TO 901
+      GO TO 201
+C
+C AXIS PARAMETERS.
+C
+  113 LOPA=32
+      NIPA=92
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'LEFTRIGHBOTTTOP ')
+C
+      IF (IKWL.EQ.5) GO TO 901
+      IKWL=IKWL+12
+C
+C LEFT, RIGHT, BOTTOM, OR TOP AXIS PARAMETERS.
+C
+  114 LOPA=19+IKWL
+      NIPA=23
+      IIPA=4
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,
+     +       'CONTLINEINTEFUNCTICKMAJOMINONUMETYPEEXPOFRACANGLOFFSWIDT')
+C
+      GO TO (202,201,115,167,116,117,123,126,127,127,127,
+     +       127,127,127,901) , IKWL
+C
+C AXIS INTERSECTION PARAMETERS.
+C
+  115 LOPA=LOPA+8
+      NIPA=2
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'GRIDUSER')
+C
+      IF (IKWL.EQ.3) GO TO 901
+      GO TO 201
+C
+C AXIS MAPPING FUNCTION.
+C
+  167 LOPA=LOPA+16
+      GO TO 202
+C
+C AXIS TICK PARAMETERS.
+C
+  116 LOPA=LOPA+20
+      NIPA=10
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'MAJOMINO')
+C
+      LOPA=LOPA-20
+      GO TO (117,123,901) , IKWL
+C
+C AXIS MAJOR-TICK PARAMETERS.
+C
+  117 LOPA=LOPA+20
+      NIPA=6
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'SPACTYPEBASECOUNPATTLENGOUTWINWA')
+C
+      GO TO (118,119,119,119,120,121,122,122,901) , IKWL
+C
+C AXIS MAJOR-TICK SPACING PARAMETERS.
+C
+  118 NIPA=3
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'TYPEBASECOUN')
+C
+      IF (IKWL.EQ.4) GO TO 901
+C
+      GO TO 201
+C
+  119 IKWL=IKWL-1
+      GO TO 201
+C
+C AXIS MAJOR-TICK DASH PATTERN.
+C
+  120 LOPA=LOPA+12
+      GO TO 202
+C
+C AXIS MAJOR-TICK LENGTH PARAMETERS.
+C
+  121 LOPA=LOPA+16
+      NIPA=2
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'OUTWINWA')
+C
+      IF (IKWL.EQ.3) GO TO 901
+      GO TO 201
+C
+  122 LOPA=LOPA+16
+      IKWL=IKWL-6
+      GO TO 201
+C
+C AXIS MINOR-TICK PARAMETERS.
+C
+  123 LOPA=LOPA+44
+      NIPA=4
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'SPACPATTLENGOUTWINWA')
+C
+      GO TO (202,201,124,125,125,901) , IKWL
+C
+C AXIS MINOR-TICK LENGTH PARAMETERS.
+C
+  124 LOPA=LOPA+8
+      NIPA=2
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'OUTWINWA')
+C
+      IF (IKWL.EQ.3) GO TO 901
+      GO TO 201
+C
+  125 LOPA=LOPA+8
+      IKWL=IKWL-3
+      GO TO 201
+C
+C AXIS NUMERIC-LABEL PARAMETERS.
+C
+  126 LOPA=LOPA+60
+      NIPA=8
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'TYPEEXPOFRACANGLOFFSWIDT')
+C
+      GO TO 128
+C
+  127 LOPA=LOPA+60
+      IKWL=IKWL-8
+C
+  128 GO TO (202,201,201,129,130,131,901) ,IKWL
+C
+C AXIS NUMERIC-LABEL ORIENTATION ANGLE.
+C
+  129 LOPA=LOPA+12
+      NIPA=2
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'1ST 2ND ')
+C
+      IF (IKWL.EQ.3) GO TO 901
+      GO TO 201
+C
+C AXIS NUMERIC-LABEL OFFSET.
+C
+  130 LOPA=LOPA+20
+      GO TO 202
+C
+C AXIS NUMERIC-LABEL WIDTH PARAMETERS.
+C
+  131 LOPA=LOPA+24
+      NIPA=2
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'MANTEXPO')
+C
+      IF (IKWL.EQ.3) GO TO 901
+      GO TO 201
+C
+C DASH-PATTERN PARAMETERS.
+C
+  132 LOPA=124
+      NIPA=30
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+      JPID=IPID
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'SELELENGCHARDOLLPATT')
+      IF (IKWL.EQ.6) THEN
+        IPID=JPID
+        GO TO 168
+      END IF
+      IF (IKWL.NE.5) GO TO 201
+  168 LOPA=LOPA+4
+      NIPA=26
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,
+     +'1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10  11  12  13  14  15  16  1
+     +7  18  19  20  21  22  23  24  25  26  ')
+      IF (IKWL.EQ.27) GO TO 901
+      GO TO 201
+C
+C LABEL PARAMETERS.
+C
+  133 LBIM=IFIX(QBIM)
+      LBAN=IFIX(QBAN)
+C
+      LOPA=154
+      NIPA=3+LBIM*10
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,
+     +                   'CONTBUFFNAMEDEFISUPPBASEOFFSANGLCENTLINEINDE')
+C
+      GO TO (202,136,139,140,141,141,141,141,141,141,141,901) , IKWL
+C
+C LABEL BUFFER PARAMETERS.
+C
+  136 LOPA=155
+      NIPA=1+LBIM*10
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'LENGCONTNAME')
+C
+      GO TO (202,137,138,901) , IKWL
+C
+C LABEL BUFFER CONTENTS.
+C
+  137 LOPA=156
+      NIPA=LBIM*10
+      GO TO 203
+C
+C LABEL BUFFER NAMES.
+C
+  138 LOPA=156
+      NIPA=LBIM
+      IIPA=10
+      GO TO 203
+C
+C LABEL NAME.
+C
+  139 LOPA=236
+      GO TO 202
+C
+C LABEL DEFINITION.
+C
+  140 IF (LBAN.LT.1.OR.LBAN.GT.LBIM) GO TO 902
+C
+      LOPA=157+(LBAN-1)*10
+      NIPA=9
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') GO TO 203
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'SUPPBASEOFFSANGLCENTLINEINDE')
+C
+      GO TO 142
+C
+  141 IF (LBAN.LT.1.OR.LBAN.GT.LBIM) GO TO 902
+C
+      LOPA=157+(LBAN-1)*10
+      IKWL=IKWL-4
+C
+  142 GO TO (202,143,144,146,146,146,146,901) , IKWL
+C
+C LABEL POSITION.
+C
+  143 LOPA=LOPA+1
+      GO TO 145
+C
+C LABEL OFFSET.
+C
+  144 LOPA=LOPA+3
+C
+C LABEL POSITION OR OFFSET.
+C
+  145 NIPA=2
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'X   Y   ')
+C
+      IF (IKWL.EQ.3) GO TO 901
+      GO TO 201
+C
+C OTHER LABEL ATTRIBUTES.
+C
+  146 LOPA=LOPA+5
+      IKWL=IKWL-3
+      GO TO 201
+C
+C LINE PARAMETERS.
+C
+  147 LNIM=IFIX(QNIM)
+      LNAN=IFIX(QNAN)
+C
+      LOPA=237
+      NIPA=4+LNIM*6
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,
+     +                       'MAXIEND BUFFNUMBDEFISUPPCHARTEXTLENGINDE')
+C
+      GO TO (202,201,150,152,153,154,154,154,154,154,901) , IKWL
+C
+C LINE BUFFER PARAMETERS.
+C
+  150 LOPA=239
+      NIPA=1+LNIM*6
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'LENGCONT')
+C
+      GO TO (202,151,901) , IKWL
+C
+C LINE BUFFER CONTENTS.
+C
+  151 LOPA=240
+      NIPA=LNIM*6
+      GO TO 203
+C
+C LINE NUMBER.
+C
+  152 LOPA=336
+      GO TO 202
+C
+C LINE DEFINITION.
+C
+  153 IF (LNAN.LT.1.OR.LNAN.GT.LNIM) GO TO 903
+C
+      LOPA=241+(LNAN-1)*6
+      NIPA=5
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') GO TO 203
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'SUPPCHARTEXTLENGINDE')
+C
+      IF (IKWL.EQ.6) GO TO 901
+      GO TO 201
+C
+  154 IF (LNAN.LT.1.OR.LNAN.GT.LNIM) GO TO 903
+      LOPA=241+(LNAN-1)*6
+      IKWL=IKWL-5
+      GO TO 201
+C
+C SECONDARY CONTROL PARAMETERS.
+C
+  155 LOPA=337
+      NIPA=149
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') GO TO 203
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,
+     +                       'GRAPUSERCURVDIMEAXISLEFTRIGHBOTTTOP LABE')
+C
+      GO TO (156,157,158,159,160,161,161,161,161,165,901) , IKWL
+C
+C PLOT (GRAPH) WINDOW EDGES.
+C
+  156 LOPA=337
+      NIPA=4
+      GO TO 203
+C
+C USER WINDOW PARAMETERS.
+C
+  157 LOPA=341
+      NIPA=4
+      GO TO 203
+C
+C CURVE WINDOW PARAMETERS.
+C
+  158 LOPA=345
+      NIPA=4
+      GO TO 203
+C
+C CURVE WINDOW DIMENSIONS.
+C
+  159 LOPA=349
+      NIPA=3
+      GO TO 203
+C
+C AXIS PARAMETERS.
+C
+  160 LOPA=352
+      NIPA=80
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') GO TO 203
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'LEFTRIGHBOTTTOP ')
+C
+      IF (IKWL.EQ.5) GO TO 901
+C
+      IKWL=IKWL+5
+C
+C LEFT, RIGHT, BOTTOM, OR TOP AXIS PARAMETERS.
+C
+  161 LOPA=346+IKWL
+      NIPA=20
+      IIPA=4
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'POSITICKNUME')
+C
+      GO TO (162,163,164,901) , IKWL
+C
+C AXIS POSITIONING PARAMETERS.
+C
+  162 NIPA=6
+      GO TO 203
+C
+C AXIS TICK PARAMETERS.
+C
+  163 LOPA=LOPA+24
+      NIPA=3
+      GO TO 203
+C
+C AXIS NUMERIC-LABEL PARAMETERS.
+C
+  164 LOPA=LOPA+36
+      NIPA=11
+      GO TO 203
+C
+C LABEL BOXES.
+C
+  165 LOPA=432
+      NIPA=54
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') GO TO 203
+C
+      CALL AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,'LEFTRIGHBOTTTOP CENTGRAP')
+C
+      IF (IKWL.EQ.7) GO TO 901
+C
+      LOPA=LOPA+IKWL-1
+      NIPA=9
+      IIPA=6
+      GO TO 203
+C
+C Normal exits.
+C
+  201 LOPA=LOPA+(IKWL-1)*IIPA
+C
+  202 NIPA=1
+C
+  203 IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') RETURN
+C
+      CALL AGPPID (TPID)
+C +NOAO - following FTN write and fmt statements commented out, SETER is okay.
+C
+C     WRITE (I1MACH(4),1001)
+      RETURN
+C
+C Error exits.
+C
+  901 CALL AGPPID (TPID)
+      CALL SETER ('AGGETP OR AGSETP - ILLEGAL KEYWORD USED IN PARAMETER
+     +IDENTIFIER',11,2)
+C
+  902 CALL AGPPID (TPID)
+      CALL SETER ('AGGETP OR AGSETP - ATTEMPT TO ACCESS LABEL ATTRIBUTES
+     + BEFORE SETTING LABEL NAME',12,2)
+C
+  903 CALL AGPPID (TPID)
+      CALL SETER ('AGGETP OR AGSETP - ATTEMPT TO ACCESS LINE ATTRIBUTES
+     +BEFORE SETTING LINE NUMBER',13,2)
+C
+C Formats.
+C
+C1001 FORMAT (' WARNING - ABOVE PARAMETER IDENTIFIER HAS TOO MANY KEYWOR
+C    +DS')
+C
+C -NOAO
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agsetc.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agsetc.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bced8458
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agsetc.f
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGSETC (TPID,CUSR)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) TPID,CUSR
+C
+      DIMENSION FURA(1)
+C
+C The routine AGSETC is used to set the values of individual AUTOGRAPH
+C parameters which intrinsically represent character strings.  TPID is a
+C parameter identifier.  CUSR is a character string.  The situation is
+C complicated by the fact that the character string may be either a dash
+C pattern, the name of a label, the line-end character, or the text of a
+C line, all of which are treated differently.
+C
+C Define a local variable to hold the "line-end" character.
+C
+      CHARACTER*1 LEND
+C
+C See what kind of parameter is being set.
+C
+      CALL AGCTCS (TPID,ITCS)
+C
+C If the parameter is not intrinsically of type character, log an error.
+C
+      IF (ITCS.EQ.0) GO TO 901
+C
+C Find the length of the string, which may or may not actually be used.
+C (On the Cray, at least, it may be zero if the wrong type of argument
+C was used.)
+C
+      ILEN=LEN(CUSR)
+C
+C Retrieve the current (integer) value of the parameter.
+C
+      CALL AGGETI (TPID,ITMP)
+C
+C Check for a dash pattern.
+C
+      IF (ITCS.EQ.1) THEN
+        CALL AGGETI ('DASH/LENG.',NCHR)
+        IF (ILEN.GT.0.AND.ILEN.LT.NCHR) NCHR=ILEN
+        CALL AGRPCH (CUSR,NCHR,ITMP)
+C
+C Check for a label name.
+C
+      ELSE IF (ITCS.EQ.2) THEN
+        CALL AGRPCH (CUSR,MAX0(1,ILEN),ITMP)
+C
+C Check for the line-end character.
+C
+      ELSE IF (ITCS.EQ.3) THEN
+        CALL AGRPCH (CUSR,1,ITMP)
+C
+C Check for the text of a label.
+C
+      ELSE IF (ITCS.EQ.4) THEN
+        CALL AGGETI ('LINE/MAXI.',NCHR)
+        IF (ILEN.GT.0) NCHR=MIN0(NCHR,ILEN)
+        CALL AGGETC ('LINE/END .',LEND)
+        DO 101 I=1,NCHR
+          IF (CUSR(I:I).EQ.LEND) THEN
+            NCHR=I-1
+            GO TO 102
+          END IF
+  101   CONTINUE
+C
+  102   CALL AGRPCH (CUSR,NCHR,ITMP)
+C
+      END IF
+C
+C Transfer the generated value to the list of AUTOGRAPH parameters.
+C
+      FURA(1)=FLOAT(ITMP)
+      CALL AGSETP (TPID,FURA,1)
+C
+C Done.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+C Error exit.
+C
+  901 CALL AGPPID (TPID)
+      CALL SETER ('AGSETC - PARAMETER TO SET IS NOT INTRINSICALLY OF TYP
+     +E CHARACTER',14,2)
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agsetf.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agsetf.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..36fca46e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agsetf.f
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGSETF (TPID,FUSR)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) TPID
+      DIMENSION FURA(1)
+C
+C The routine AGSETF may be used to set the real (floating-point) value
+C of any single AUTOGRAPH control parameter.
+C
+      FURA(1)=FUSR
+      CALL AGSETP (TPID,FURA,1)
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agseti.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agseti.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..06e3b3f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agseti.f
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGSETI (TPID,IUSR)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) TPID
+      DIMENSION FURA(1)
+C
+C The routine AGSETI may be used to set the integer-equivalent value of
+C any single AUTOGRAPH control parameter.
+C
+      FURA(1)=FLOAT(IUSR)
+      CALL AGSETP (TPID,FURA,1)
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agsetp.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agsetp.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..95e98a6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agsetp.f
@@ -0,0 +1,447 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGSETP (TPID,FURA,LURA)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) TPID
+      DIMENSION FURA(LURA)
+C
+C The routine AGSETP stores user-provided values of the AUTOGRAPH
+C parameters specified by the parameter identifier TPID.  The arguments
+C are as follows:
+C
+C -- TPID is the parameter identifier, a string of keywords separated
+C    from each other by slashes and followed by a period.
+C
+C -- FURA is the user array from which parameter values are to be taken.
+C
+C -- LURA is the length of the user array.
+C
+C The following common block contains the AUTOGRAPH control parameters,
+C all of which are real.  If it is changed, all of AUTOGRAPH (especially
+C the routine AGSCAN) must be examined for possible side effects.
+C
+      COMMON /AGCONP/ QFRA,QSET,QROW,QIXY,QWND,QBAC , SVAL(2) ,
+     +                XLGF,XRGF,YBGF,YTGF , XLGD,XRGD,YBGD,YTGD , SOGD ,
+     +                XMIN,XMAX,QLUX,QOVX,QCEX,XLOW,XHGH ,
+     +                YMIN,YMAX,QLUY,QOVY,QCEY,YLOW,YHGH ,
+     +                QDAX(4),QSPA(4),PING(4),PINU(4),FUNS(4),QBTD(4),
+     +                BASD(4),QMJD(4),QJDP(4),WMJL(4),WMJR(4),QMND(4),
+     +                QNDP(4),WMNL(4),WMNR(4),QLTD(4),QLED(4),QLFD(4),
+     +                QLOF(4),QLOS(4),DNLA(4),WCLM(4),WCLE(4) ,
+     +                QODP,QCDP,WOCD,WODQ,QDSH(26) ,
+     +                     QDLB,QBIM,FLLB(10,8),QBAN ,
+     +                QLLN,TCLN,QNIM,FLLN(6,16),QNAN ,
+     +                XLGW,XRGW,YBGW,YTGW , XLUW,XRUW,YBUW,YTUW ,
+     +                XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW , WCWP,HCWP,SCWP ,
+     +                XBGA(4),YBGA(4),UBGA(4),XNDA(4),YNDA(4),UNDA(4),
+     +                QBTP(4),BASE(4),QMNT(4),QLTP(4),QLEX(4),QLFL(4),
+     +                QCIM(4),QCIE(4),RFNL(4),WNLL(4),WNLR(4),WNLB(4),
+     +                WNLE(4),QLUA(4) ,
+     +                RBOX(6),DBOX(6,4),SBOX(6,4)
+C
+C The following common block contains other AUTOGRAPH variables, both
+C real and integer, which are not control parameters.
+C
+      COMMON /AGORIP/ SMRL , ISLD , MWCL,MWCM,MWCE,MDLA,MWCD,MWDQ ,
+     +                INIF
+C
+C The following common block contains other AUTOGRAPH variables, of type
+C character.
+C
+      COMMON /AGOCHP/ CHS1,CHS2
+C
+c+noao
+c     CHARACTER*504 CHS1,CHS2
+      CHARACTER*500 CHS1,CHS2
+c-noao
+C
+C Define the array DUMI, which allows access to the control-parameter
+C list as an array.
+C
+      DIMENSION DUMI(1)
+      EQUIVALENCE (QFRA,DUMI)
+C
+C +NOAO - Make sure common has been initialized. 
+C
+      call agdflt
+C
+C -NOAO
+C If initialization has not yet been done, do it.
+C
+      IF (INIF.EQ.0) THEN
+        CALL AGINIT
+      END IF
+C
+C The routine AGSCAN is called to scan the parameter identifier and to
+C return three quantities describing the AUTOGRAPH parameters affected.
+C
+      CALL AGSCAN (TPID,LOPA,NIPA,IIPA)
+C
+C Determine the number of values to transfer.
+C
+      NURA=MAX0(1,MIN0(LURA,NIPA))
+C
+C If character-string dash patterns are being replaced by integer dash
+C patterns, reclaim the space used in the character-storage arrays.
+C
+      CALL AGSCAN ('DASH/PATT.',LODP,NIDP,IIDP)
+      IF (LOPA.LE.LODP+NIDP-1.AND.LOPA+NURA-1.GE.LODP) THEN
+        MINI=MAX0(LOPA,LODP)-LOPA+1
+        MAXI=MIN0(LOPA+NURA-1,LODP+NIDP-1)-LOPA+1
+        DO 100 I=MINI,MAXI
+          IF (FURA(I).GT.0.) CALL AGDLCH (IFIX(DUMI(LOPA+I-1)))
+  100   CONTINUE
+      END IF
+C
+C Save the current values of special values 1 and 2.
+C
+      SVL1=SVAL(1)
+      SVL2=SVAL(2)
+C
+C Transfer the user-provided values to the parameter list.
+C
+      IDMI=LOPA-IIPA
+C
+      DO 101 IURA=1,NURA
+        IDMI=IDMI+IIPA
+        DUMI(IDMI)=FURA(IURA)
+  101 CONTINUE
+C
+C If a specific item was changed, we may have a bit more work to do;
+C otherwise, return to the user.
+C
+      IF (NIPA.NE.1) RETURN
+C
+C If the specific item was special value 1 or 2, scan the primary list
+C of parameters for other occurrences of the special value and change
+C them to the new value.
+C
+      IF (SVAL(1).NE.SVL1) THEN
+        SVLO=SVL1
+        SVLN=SVAL(1)
+        GO TO 102
+      END IF
+C
+      IF (SVAL(2).NE.SVL2) THEN
+        SVLO=SVL2
+        SVLN=SVAL(2)
+        GO TO 102
+      END IF
+C
+      GO TO 104
+C
+  102 CALL AGSCAN ('PRIM.',LOPR,NIPR,IIPR)
+C
+      IDMI=LOPR-IIPR
+C
+      DO 103 I=1,NIPR
+        IDMI=IDMI+IIPR
+        IF (DUMI(IDMI).EQ.SVLO) DUMI(IDMI)=SVLN
+  103 CONTINUE
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+C If the specific item was the label control flag and it was set
+C negative, delete all labels and lines.
+C
+  104 CALL AGSCAN ('LABE/CONT.',LOLC,NILC,IILC)
+      IF (LOPA.NE.LOLC) GO TO 107
+      IF (QDLB.GE.0.) RETURN
+C
+      QBAN=0.
+      QNAN=0.
+C
+      LBIM=IFIX(QBIM)
+C
+      DO 105 I=1,LBIM
+        IF (FLLB(1,I).NE.0.) THEN
+          CALL AGDLCH (IFIX(FLLB(1,I)))
+          FLLB(1,I)=0.
+        END IF
+  105 CONTINUE
+C
+      LNIM=IFIX(QNIM)
+C
+      DO 106 I=1,LNIM
+        IF (FLLN(1,I).NE.SVAL(1)) THEN
+          CALL AGDLCH (IFIX(FLLN(4,I)))
+          FLLN(1,I)=SVAL(1)
+        END IF
+  106 CONTINUE
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+C If the specific item was the label name, reset it to an appropriate
+C index in the label list, providing initial values if appropriate.
+C
+  107 CALL AGSCAN ('LABE/NAME.',LOLN,NILN,IILN)
+      IF (LOPA.NE.LOLN) GO TO 109
+C
+      LBAN=0
+      LBIM=IFIX(QBIM)
+      QNAN=0.
+C
+      CALL AGGTCH (IFIX(FURA(1)),CHS1,LCS1)
+C
+      DO 108 I=1,LBIM
+        IF (LBAN.EQ.0.AND.FLLB(1,I).EQ.0.) LBAN=I
+        CALL AGGTCH (IFIX(FLLB(1,I)),CHS2,LCS2)
+        IF (LCS1.NE.LCS2) GO TO 108
+        IF (CHS1(1:LCS1).NE.CHS2(1:LCS2)) GO TO 108
+        QBAN=FLOAT(I)
+        RETURN
+  108 CONTINUE
+C
+      IF (LBAN.EQ.0) GO TO 901
+C
+      QBAN=FLOAT(LBAN)
+C
+      FLLB( 1,LBAN)=FURA(1)
+      FLLB( 2,LBAN)=0.
+      FLLB( 3,LBAN)=.5
+      FLLB( 4,LBAN)=.5
+      FLLB( 5,LBAN)=0.
+      FLLB( 6,LBAN)=0.
+      FLLB( 7,LBAN)=0.
+      FLLB( 8,LBAN)=0.
+      FLLB( 9,LBAN)=0.
+      FLLB(10,LBAN)=0.
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+C If the label access name is not set, skip.
+C
+  109 IF (QBAN.LE.0.) GO TO 122
+C
+      LBAN=IFIX(QBAN)
+      LBIM=IFIX(QBIM)
+      LNAN=IFIX(QNAN)
+      LNIM=IFIX(QNIM)
+C
+C If the specific item was the suppression flag for the current label
+C and it was set negative, delete the label and/or its lines.
+C
+      CALL AGSCAN ('LABE/SUPP.',LOLS,NILS,IILS)
+      IF (LOPA.NE.LOLS) GO TO 111
+      IF (FLLB(2,LBAN).GE.0.) RETURN
+C
+      ITMP=IFIX(FLLB(2,LBAN))
+      FLLB(2,LBAN)=0.
+      FLLB(9,LBAN)=0.
+      LNIN=IFIX(FLLB(10,LBAN))
+      FLLB(10,LBAN)=0.
+      QNAN=0.
+      IF (ITMP.EQ.(-1)) GO TO 110
+      CALL AGDLCH (IFIX(FLLB(1,LBAN)))
+      FLLB(1,LBAN)=0.
+      QBAN=0.
+C
+  110 IF (LNIN.LT.1.OR.LNIN.GT.LNIM) RETURN
+      FLLN(1,LNIN)=SVAL(1)
+      CALL AGDLCH (IFIX(FLLN(4,LNIN)))
+      LNIN=IFIX(FLLN(6,LNIN))
+      GO TO 110
+C
+C If the specific item was the line number, reset it to an appropriate
+C index in the line list, providing initial values if appropriate.
+C
+  111 CALL AGSCAN ('LINE/NUMB.',LOLN,NILN,IILN)
+      IF (LOPA.NE.LOLN) GO TO 118
+C
+      LNIL=0
+      LNIN=IFIX(FLLB(10,LBAN))
+C
+  112 IF (LNIN.LT.1.OR.LNIN.GT.LNIM) GO TO 115
+      IF (LNAN-IFIX(FLLN(1,LNIN))) 113,114,115
+C
+  113 LNIL=LNIN
+      LNIN=IFIX(FLLN(6,LNIN))
+      GO TO 112
+C
+  114 QNAN=FLOAT(LNIN)
+      RETURN
+C
+  115      DO 116 I=1,LNIM
+           LNIT=I
+           IF (FLLN(1,I).EQ.SVAL(1)) GO TO 117
+  116      CONTINUE
+C
+      GO TO 903
+C
+  117 CALL AGSTCH (' ',1,ITMP)
+C
+      FLLN(1,LNIT)=FLOAT(LNAN)
+      FLLN(2,LNIT)=0.
+      FLLN(3,LNIT)=.015
+      FLLN(4,LNIT)=ITMP
+      FLLN(5,LNIT)=1.
+      FLLN(6,LNIT)=FLOAT(LNIN)
+C
+      LNAN=LNIT
+      IF (LNIL.EQ.0) FLLB(10,LBAN)=FLOAT(LNAN)
+      IF (LNIL.NE.0) FLLN( 6,LNIL)=FLOAT(LNAN)
+C
+      FLLB(9,LBAN)=FLLB(9,LBAN)+1.
+C
+      QNAN=FLOAT(LNAN)
+      RETURN
+C
+C If the line access number is not set, skip.
+C
+  118 IF (LNAN.LE.0) GO TO 122
+C
+C If the specific item was the suppression flag for the current line and
+C it was set negative, delete the line.
+C
+      CALL AGSCAN ('LINE/SUPP.',LOLS,NILS,IILS)
+      IF (LOPA.NE.LOLS) GO TO 121
+      IF (FLLN(2,LNAN).GE.0.) RETURN
+C
+      LNIL=0
+      LNIN=IFIX(FLLB(10,LBAN))
+C
+  119 IF (LNIN.LT.1.OR.LNIN.GT.LNIM) RETURN
+      IF (LNAN.EQ.LNIN) GO TO 120
+      LNIL=LNIN
+      LNIN=IFIX(FLLN(6,LNIN))
+      GO TO 119
+C
+  120 IF (LNIL.EQ.0) FLLB(10,LBAN)=FLLN(6,LNAN)
+      IF (LNIL.NE.0) FLLN( 6,LNIL)=FLLN(6,LNAN)
+      FLLN(1,LNAN)=SVAL(1)
+      CALL AGDLCH (IFIX(FLLN(4,LNAN)))
+      QNAN=0.
+      RETURN
+C
+C If the specific item was the text of a line, set the length of the
+C line, as well.
+C
+  121 CALL AGSCAN ('LINE/TEXT.',LOLT,NILT,IILT)
+      IF (LOPA.NE.LOLT) GO TO 123
+      CALL AGGTCH (IFIX(FURA(1)),CHS1,LCS1)
+      FLLN(5,LNAN)=FLOAT(LCS1)
+      RETURN
+C
+C See if the user is trying to get at a line of a non-existent label.
+C
+  122 CALL AGSCAN ('LINE/NUMB.',LOLN,NILN,IILN)
+      IF (LOPA.EQ.LOLN) GO TO 902
+C
+C If the specific item was the background parameter, set up the back-
+C ground requested by the user.
+C
+  123 CALL AGSCAN ('BACK.',LOBG,NIBG,IIBG)
+      IF (LOPA.NE.LOBG) GO TO 130
+C
+      QBAC=AMAX1(1.,AMIN1(4.,QBAC))
+      IBAC=IFIX(QBAC)
+      GO TO (124,125,126,127) , IBAC
+C
+C Perimeter background.
+C
+  124 QLBC=4.
+      QRTC=4.
+      WMJI=.015
+      WMNI=.010
+      GO TO 128
+C
+C Grid background.
+C
+  125 QLBC=4.
+      QRTC=-1.
+      WMJI=1.
+      WMNI=1.
+      GO TO 128
+C
+C Half-axis background.
+C
+  126 QLBC=4.
+      QRTC=0.
+      WMJI=.015
+      WMNI=.010
+      GO TO 128
+C
+C No background.
+C
+  127 QLBC=0.
+      QRTC=0.
+      WMJI=.015
+      WMNI=.010
+C
+  128 QDAX(1)=QLBC
+      QDAX(2)=QRTC
+      QDAX(3)=QLBC
+      QDAX(4)=QRTC
+C
+      DO 129 I=1,4
+        WMJR(I)=WMJI
+        WMNR(I)=WMNI
+  129 CONTINUE
+C
+      QDLB=FLOAT(2-2*(IBAC/4))
+      RETURN
+C
+C If the specific item was the get-limits-from-last-SET-call parameter,
+C do what is necessary.
+C
+  130 CALL AGSCAN ('SET .',LOSE,NISE,IISE)
+      IF (LOPA.NE.LOSE) GO TO 131
+C
+      QSET=SIGN(AMAX1(1.,AMIN1(4.,ABS(QSET))),QSET)
+C
+      XLGD=.15
+      XRGD=.95
+      YBGD=.15
+      YTGD=.95
+      SOGD=0.
+C
+      XMIN=SVAL(1)
+      XMAX=SVAL(1)
+      QLUX=AMIN1(QLUX,0.)
+      QOVX=0.
+      QCEX=-1.
+      XLOW=SVAL(1)
+      XHGH=SVAL(1)
+C
+      YMIN=SVAL(1)
+      YMAX=SVAL(1)
+      QLUY=AMIN1(QLUY,0.)
+      QOVY=0.
+      QCEY=-1.
+      YLOW=SVAL(1)
+      YHGH=SVAL(1)
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+C Return to caller.
+C
+  131 RETURN
+C
+C Error exits.
+C
+  901 CALL AGPPID (TPID)
+      CALL SETER ('AGSETP - LABEL LIST OVERFLOW - SEE AUTOGRAPH SPECIALI
+     +ST',15,2)
+C
+  902 CALL AGPPID (TPID)
+      CALL SETER ('AGSETP - ATTEMPT TO DEFINE LINE OF NON-EXISTENT LABEL
+     +',16,2)
+C
+  903 CALL AGPPID (TPID)
+      CALL SETER ('AGSETP - LINE LIST OVERFLOW - SEE AUTOGRAPH SPECIALIS
+     +T',17,2)
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agsrch.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agsrch.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..366c46cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agsrch.f
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGSRCH (TPID,IPID,IKWL,TKWL)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) TPID,TKWL
+C
+C The routine AGSRCH is used by AGSCAN to search a parameter identifier
+C for the next keyword and return the index of that keyword in a list of
+C keywords.  It has the following arguments.
+C
+C -- TPID is the parameter identifier, a character string.
+C
+C -- IPID is the index of the last character examined in TPID.  It is
+C    updated by AGSRCH to point to the first slash or period following
+C    the next keyword.
+C
+C -- IKWL is returned containing the index (in the keyword list) of the
+C    next keyword in the parameter identifier (list length, plus one,
+C    if the keyword is not found in the list).
+C
+C -- TKWL is the keyword list - 4*LKWL characters in all.
+C
+C ICHR is used to hold up to four characters of a keyword.
+C
+      CHARACTER*4 ICHR
+C
+C LPID is the assumed maximum length of a parameter identifier.
+C
+      DATA LPID / 100 /
+C
+C Compute the number of 4-character keywords in the keyword list.
+C
+      LKWL=LEN(TKWL)/4
+C
+C Find the next non-blank in the parameter identifier.
+C
+  101 IPID=IPID+1
+      IF (IPID.GT.LPID) GO TO 107
+      IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.' ') GO TO 101
+C
+C Pick up at most four characters of the keyword, stopping on the first
+C blank, slash, or period encountered.
+C
+      NCHR=0
+C
+  102 IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.' '.OR.
+     +    TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'/'.OR.
+     +    TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') GO TO 103
+C
+      NCHR=NCHR+1
+      ICHR(NCHR:NCHR)=TPID(IPID:IPID)
+C
+      IPID=IPID+1
+C
+      IF (NCHR.LT.4) GO TO 102
+C
+C If the keyword found has zero length, error.
+C
+  103 IF (NCHR.EQ.0) GO TO 107
+C
+C Scan ahead for the next slash or period.
+C
+  104 IF (TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'/'.OR.TPID(IPID:IPID).EQ.'.') GO TO 105
+C
+      IPID=IPID+1
+      IF (IPID.GT.LPID) GO TO 107
+      GO TO 104
+C
+C Search the keyword list for the keyword found.
+C
+  105 DO 106 I=1,LKWL
+        IKWL=I
+        ISTR=(I-1)*4+1
+        IEND=(I-1)*4+NCHR
+        IF (ICHR(1:NCHR).EQ.TKWL(ISTR:IEND)) RETURN
+  106 CONTINUE
+C
+C Keyword not found - set IKWL to impossible value and return.
+C
+  107 IKWL=LKWL+1
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agstch.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agstch.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..2b2906bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agstch.f
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGSTCH (CHST,LNCS,IDCS)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) CHST
+C
+C This routine stores strings of characters for later retrieval and/or
+C modification by the routines AGGTCH, AGRPCH, and AGDLCH.  It has the
+C following arguments:
+C
+C -- CHST is the character string to be stored.
+C
+C -- LNCS is the length of the character string in CHST.  LNCS must be
+C    less than or equal to the value of the FORTRAN function LEN(CHST).
+C
+C -- IDCS is an identifying integer, returned to the caller by AGSTCH
+C    for later use in calls to AGGTCH, AGRPCH, and AGDLCH.  If CHST is
+C    more than one character long, it is stashed in the array CHRA, and
+C    the value returned in IDCS is a negative number between -LNIC and
+C    -1, inclusive, the absolute value of which is the index of an entry
+C    in the array INCH describing where in the array CHRA the string was
+C    stored.  If CHST is only one character long, IDCS is returned as
+C    the value of the FORTRAN expression -(LNIC+1+ICHAR(CHST(1:1))).
+C
+C The following common blocks contain variables which are required for
+C the character-storage-and-retrieval scheme of AUTOGRAPH.
+C
+      COMMON /AGCHR1/ LNIC,INCH(2,50),LNCA,INCA
+C
+      COMMON /AGCHR2/ CHRA(2000)
+C
+      CHARACTER*1 CHRA
+C
+C If the string is short enough, just embed it in a negative integer
+C and return that value to the caller as the identifier of the string.
+C
+      IF (LNCS.LE.1) THEN
+        IDCS=-(LNIC+1+ICHAR(CHST(1:1)))
+        RETURN
+      END IF
+C
+C Otherwise, the string must be stashed in CHRA and the negative of the
+C index, in INCH, of its descriptor returned to the caller.  Loop, on I,
+C through the index of character strings.
+C
+      DO 104 I=1,LNIC
+C
+C If the next entry in the index is zeroed, use it for the new string.
+C
+        IF (INCH(1,I).EQ.0) THEN
+C
+C Zeroed entry found.  Return the negative of its index to the user.
+C
+          IDCS=-I
+C
+C If there isn't enough room for the character string at the end of the
+C character-storage array, do some garbage-collecting, eliminating all
+C strings of all-zero characters.
+C
+          IF (LNCS.GT.LNCA-INCA) THEN
+            J=0
+            K=0
+            DO 102 L=1,INCA
+              IF (CHRA(L).EQ.CHAR(0)) THEN
+                IF (J.EQ.0) J=L
+              ELSE
+                IF (J.NE.0) THEN
+                  DO 101 M=1,LNIC
+                    IF (INCH(1,M).GT.K) INCH(1,M)=INCH(1,M)+J-L
+  101             CONTINUE
+                  J=0
+                END IF
+                K=K+1
+                CHRA(K)=CHRA(L)
+              END IF
+  102       CONTINUE
+            INCA=K
+          END IF
+C
+C If there still isn't enough room for the character string at the end
+C of the character-storage array, take an error exit.  Otherwise, stash
+C it and return.  All-zero characters are changed to blanks.
+C
+          IF (LNCS.GT.LNCA-INCA) GO TO 901
+          INCH(1,I)=INCA+1
+          INCH(2,I)=LNCS
+          DO 103 J=1,LNCS
+            INCA=INCA+1
+            CHRA(INCA)=CHST(J:J)
+            IF (ICHAR(CHRA(INCA)).EQ.0) CHRA(INCA)=' '
+  103     CONTINUE
+          RETURN
+C
+        END IF
+C
+  104 CONTINUE
+C
+C If no zeroed entry was found in the index of character strings, jump
+C to log an error and quit.
+C
+      GO TO 902
+C
+C Error exits.
+C
+  901 CALL SETER ('AGSTCH - CHARACTER-STRING BUFFER OVERFLOW - SEE CONSU
+     +LTANT',18,2)
+C
+  902 CALL SETER ('AGSTCH - CHARACTER-STRING INDEX OVERFLOW - SEE CONSUL
+     +TANT',19,2)
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agstup.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agstup.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..41a97674
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agstup.f
@@ -0,0 +1,543 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGSTUP (XDRA,NVIX,IIVX,NEVX,IIEX,
+     +                   YDRA,NVIY,IIVY,NEVY,IIEY)
+C
+      DIMENSION XDRA(1),YDRA(1)
+C
+C The routine AGSTUP is called to examine the parameter list, to provide
+C default values for missing parameters, and to check for and cope with
+C label overlap problems.
+C
+C The arguments describe the x and y data arrays to be used for the next
+C graph.  See the routine AGEXUS for a description of them.
+C
+C The following common block contains the AUTOGRAPH control parameters,
+C all of which are real.  If it is changed, all of AUTOGRAPH (especially
+C the routine AGSCAN) must be examined for possible side effects.
+C
+      COMMON /AGCONP/ QFRA,QSET,QROW,QIXY,QWND,QBAC , SVAL(2) ,
+     +                XLGF,XRGF,YBGF,YTGF , XLGD,XRGD,YBGD,YTGD , SOGD ,
+     +                XMIN,XMAX,QLUX,QOVX,QCEX,XLOW,XHGH ,
+     +                YMIN,YMAX,QLUY,QOVY,QCEY,YLOW,YHGH ,
+     +                QDAX(4),QSPA(4),PING(4),PINU(4),FUNS(4),QBTD(4),
+     +                BASD(4),QMJD(4),QJDP(4),WMJL(4),WMJR(4),QMND(4),
+     +                QNDP(4),WMNL(4),WMNR(4),QLTD(4),QLED(4),QLFD(4),
+     +                QLOF(4),QLOS(4),DNLA(4),WCLM(4),WCLE(4) ,
+     +                QODP,QCDP,WOCD,WODQ,QDSH(26) ,
+     +                     QDLB,QBIM,FLLB(10,8),QBAN ,
+     +                QLLN,TCLN,QNIM,FLLN(6,16),QNAN ,
+     +                XLGW,XRGW,YBGW,YTGW , XLUW,XRUW,YBUW,YTUW ,
+     +                XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW , WCWP,HCWP,SCWP ,
+     +                XBGA(4),YBGA(4),UBGA(4),XNDA(4),YNDA(4),UNDA(4),
+     +                QBTP(4),BASE(4),QMNT(4),QLTP(4),QLEX(4),QLFL(4),
+     +                QCIM(4),QCIE(4),RFNL(4),WNLL(4),WNLR(4),WNLB(4),
+     +                WNLE(4),QLUA(4) ,
+     +                RBOX(6),DBOX(6,4),SBOX(6,4)
+C
+C The following common block contains other AUTOGRAPH variables, both
+C real and integer, which are not control parameters.
+C
+      COMMON /AGORIP/ SMRL , ISLD , MWCL,MWCM,MWCE,MDLA,MWCD,MWDQ ,
+     +                INIF
+C
+C Declare the block data routine external to force it to load.
+C
+C     EXTERNAL AGDFLT
+C
+C Do statistics-gathering call.
+C
+      LOGICAL Q8Q4
+      SAVE Q8Q4
+      DATA Q8Q4 /.TRUE./
+      IF (Q8Q4) THEN
+        CALL Q8QST4('GRAPHX','AUTOGRAPH','AGSTUP','VERSION 07')
+        Q8Q4 = .FALSE.
+      ENDIF
+C
+C +NOAO - Block data replaced with run time initialization
+C
+      call agdflt
+C 
+C -NOAO
+C If initialization has not yet been done, do it.
+C
+      IF (INIF.EQ.0) THEN
+        CALL AGINIT
+      END IF
+C
+C Compute the width and height of the plotter frame.
+C
+      CALL GETSI (IWFP,IHFP)
+      WOFP=2.**IWFP-1.
+      HOFP=2.**IHFP-1.
+C
+C Examine the get-limits-from-last-set-call parameter.
+C
+      IF (ABS(QSET).EQ.1.) GO TO 141
+C
+      CALL GETSET (XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW,XMNT,XMXT,YMNT,YMXT,LILO)
+C
+      QLUX=FLOAT((1-LILO)/2)
+      QLUY=FLOAT(MOD(1-LILO,2))
+C
+      IF (ABS(QSET).EQ.3.) GO TO 140
+C
+      XLGD=(XLCW-XLGF)/(XRGF-XLGF)
+      XRGD=(XRCW-XLGF)/(XRGF-XLGF)
+      YBGD=(YBCW-YBGF)/(YTGF-YBGF)
+      YTGD=(YTCW-YBGF)/(YTGF-YBGF)
+      SOGD=0.
+C
+      IF (ABS(QSET).EQ.2.) GO TO 141
+C
+  140 XMIN=AMIN1(XMNT,XMXT)
+      XMAX=AMAX1(XMNT,XMXT)
+      QOVX=0.
+      IF (XMNT.GT.XMXT) QOVX=1.
+      QCEX=0.
+C
+      YMIN=AMIN1(YMNT,YMXT)
+      YMAX=AMAX1(YMNT,YMXT)
+      QOVY=0.
+      IF (YMNT.GT.YMXT) QOVY=1.
+      QCEY=0.
+C
+  141 CONTINUE
+C
+C Examine the graph-window parameters.
+C
+      XLGF=AMAX1(0.,AMIN1(1.,XLGF))
+      XRGF=AMAX1(0.,AMIN1(1.,XRGF))
+      YBGF=AMAX1(0.,AMIN1(1.,YBGF))
+      YTGF=AMAX1(0.,AMIN1(1.,YTGF))
+C
+      IF (XLGF.GE.XRGF.OR.YBGF.GE.YTGF) GO TO 901
+C
+C Examine the grid-window parameters.
+C
+      XLGD=AMAX1(0.,AMIN1(1.,XLGD))
+      XRGD=AMAX1(0.,AMIN1(1.,XRGD))
+      YBGD=AMAX1(0.,AMIN1(1.,YBGD))
+      YTGD=AMAX1(0.,AMIN1(1.,YTGD))
+C
+      IF (XLGD.GE.XRGD.OR.YBGD.GE.YTGD) GO TO 902
+C
+C Examine the user-window minima and maxima for special values.  Compute
+C tentative values of the user-window edge parameters.
+C
+      QIXY=AMAX1(0.,AMIN1(1.,QIXY))
+C
+      IF (QIXY.NE.0.) GO TO 142
+C
+      CALL AGEXUS (SVAL,XMIN,XMAX,XLOW,XHGH,
+     +                               XDRA,NVIX,IIVX,NEVX,IIEX,XLUW,XRUW)
+      CALL AGEXUS (SVAL,YMIN,YMAX,YLOW,YHGH,
+     +                               YDRA,NVIY,IIVY,NEVY,IIEY,YBUW,YTUW)
+      GO TO 143
+C
+  142 CALL AGEXUS (SVAL,XMIN,XMAX,XLOW,XHGH,
+     +                               YDRA,NVIY,IIVY,NEVY,IIEY,XLUW,XRUW)
+      CALL AGEXUS (SVAL,YMIN,YMAX,YLOW,YHGH,
+     +                               XDRA,NVIX,IIVX,NEVX,IIEX,YBUW,YTUW)
+C
+  143 CONTINUE
+C
+C Examine the user-window nice-value-at-ends parameters.  INAX and INAY
+C specify which axis has the nice values (if any).
+C
+      QCEX=AMAX1(-1.,AMIN1(+1.,QCEX))
+      INAX=IFIX(QCEX)
+      IF (INAX.NE.0) INAX=(INAX+7)/2
+C
+      QCEY=AMAX1(-1.,AMIN1(+1.,QCEY))
+      INAY=IFIX(QCEY)
+      IF (INAY.NE.0) INAY=(INAY+3)/2
+C
+C Examine the user-window linear-log flags.
+C
+      QLUX=AMAX1(-1.,AMIN1(1.,QLUX))
+      QLUY=AMAX1(-1.,AMIN1(1.,QLUY))
+C
+C Examine the axis parameters.
+C
+      QLUD=ABS(QLUY)
+      INAD=INAY
+      UMIN=YBUW
+      UMAX=YTUW
+      QMIN=YBUW
+      QMAX=YTUW
+C
+      I=0
+C
+  101 I=I+1
+      IF (I.EQ.5) GO TO 104
+C
+      IF (I.EQ.3) THEN
+        QLUD=ABS(QLUX)
+        INAD=INAX
+        UMIN=XLUW
+        UMAX=XRUW
+        QMIN=XLUW
+        QMAX=XRUW
+      END IF
+C
+      QDAX(I)=AMAX1(-1.,AMIN1(4.,QDAX(I)))
+      IF (QDAX(I).LE.0.) GO TO 102
+      QLUA(I)=QLUD
+      QBTP(I)=QBTD(I)
+      IF (QBTD(I).EQ.SVAL(1).OR.QBTD(I).EQ.SVAL(2)) QBTP(I)=1.+QLUD
+      QBTP(I)=AMAX1(0.,AMIN1(3.,QBTP(I)))
+      IF (QBTD(I).EQ.SVAL(2)) QBTD(I)=QBTP(I)
+C
+      CALL AGEXAX (I,SVAL,UMIN,UMAX,INAD-I,QLUD,FUNS(I),QBTP(I),BASD(I),
+     +             BASE(I),QMJD(I),QMND(I),QMNT(I),QLTD(I),QLTP(I),
+     +             QLED(I),QLEX(I),QLFD(I),QLFL(I),QMIN,QMAX)
+C
+      QSPA(I)=AMAX1(0.,AMIN1(1.,QSPA(I)))
+      IF (QJDP(I).EQ.SVAL(1).OR.QJDP(I).EQ.SVAL(2)) QJDP(I)=65535.
+      IF (QNDP(I).EQ.SVAL(1).OR.QNDP(I).EQ.SVAL(2)) QNDP(I)=65535.
+C
+  102 IF (I.EQ.2) THEN
+        YBUW=QMIN
+        YTUW=QMAX
+      ELSE IF (I.EQ.4) THEN
+        XLUW=QMIN
+        XRUW=QMAX
+      END IF
+C
+      GO TO 101
+C
+C Examine the user-window min-max/max-min ordering parameters.  Compute
+C final values of the user-window edge parameters.
+C
+  104 QOVX=AMAX1(0.,AMIN1(1.,QOVX))
+      IF (QOVX.EQ.0.) GO TO 105
+      TEMP=XLUW
+      XLUW=XRUW
+      XRUW=TEMP
+C
+  105 QOVY=AMAX1(0.,AMIN1(1.,QOVY))
+      IF (QOVY.EQ.0.) GO TO 106
+      TEMP=YBUW
+      YBUW=YTUW
+      YTUW=TEMP
+C
+C Determine the exact size and shape of the curve window.
+C
+  106 XLGW=XLGF*WOFP
+      XRGW=XRGF*WOFP
+      YBGW=YBGF*HOFP
+      YTGW=YTGF*HOFP
+C
+      XLCW=XLGW+XLGD*(XRGW-XLGW)
+      XRCW=XLGW+XRGD*(XRGW-XLGW)
+      YBCW=YBGW+YBGD*(YTGW-YBGW)
+      YTCW=YBGW+YTGD*(YTGW-YBGW)
+C
+      WCWP=XRCW-XLCW
+      HCWP=YTCW-YBCW
+C
+      ARWH=WCWP/HCWP
+C
+      IF (SOGD) 107,115,108
+C
+  107 DRWH=ABS(SOGD)
+      GO TO 111
+C
+  108 DRWH=ABS((XRUW-XLUW)/(YTUW-YBUW))
+      IF (SOGD-1.) 109,110,110
+C
+  109 IF (DRWH.LT.SOGD.OR.(1./DRWH).LT.SOGD) GO TO 115
+      GO TO 111
+C
+  110 IF (DRWH.GT.SOGD.OR.(1./DRWH).GT.SOGD) DRWH=1.
+C
+  111 IF (DRWH-ARWH) 112,115,113
+C
+  112 XLCW=XLCW+.5*(WCWP-HCWP*DRWH)
+      XRCW=XRCW-.5*(WCWP-HCWP*DRWH)
+      GO TO 114
+C
+  113 YBCW=YBCW+.5*(HCWP-WCWP/DRWH)
+      YTCW=YTCW-.5*(HCWP-WCWP/DRWH)
+C
+  114 WCWP=XRCW-XLCW
+      HCWP=YTCW-YBCW
+C
+  115 SCWP=AMIN1(WCWP,HCWP)
+C
+      XLGW=(XLGW-XLCW)/WCWP
+      XRGW=(XRGW-XLCW)/WCWP
+      YBGW=(YBGW-YBCW)/HCWP
+      YTGW=(YTGW-YBCW)/HCWP
+C
+      XLCW=XLCW/WOFP
+      XRCW=XRCW/WOFP
+      YBCW=YBCW/HOFP
+      YTCW=YTCW/HOFP
+C
+C Make sure the number of dash patterns is in range.
+C
+      QODP=AMAX1(-26.,AMIN1(+26.,QODP))
+      IF (QODP.EQ.0.) QODP=-1.
+C
+C Examine the windowing parameter.
+C
+      QWND=AMAX1(0.,AMIN1(1.,QWND))
+C
+C Do a test run of the routine AGLBLS to find out how much space will be
+C required for labels in each of the six label boxes.
+C
+      QDLB=AMAX1(0.,AMIN1(2.,QDLB))
+      IDLB=IFIX(QDLB)
+      LBIM=IFIX(QBIM)
+C
+      CALL AGLBLS (-IDLB,WCWP,HCWP,FLLB,LBIM,FLLN,DBOX,SBOX,RBOX)
+C
+C Compute the desired and smallest-possible widths of the labels in
+C boxes 1 and 2.
+C
+      DWB1=AMAX1(0.,DBOX(1,2)-DBOX(1,1))
+      SWB1=AMAX1(0.,SBOX(1,2)-SBOX(1,1))
+      DWB2=AMAX1(0.,DBOX(2,2)-DBOX(2,1))
+      SWB2=AMAX1(0.,SBOX(2,2)-SBOX(2,1))
+C
+C Compute the desired and smallest-possible heights of the labels in
+C boxes 3 and 4.
+C
+      DHB3=AMAX1(0.,DBOX(3,4)-DBOX(3,3))
+      SHB3=AMAX1(0.,SBOX(3,4)-SBOX(3,3))
+      DHB4=AMAX1(0.,DBOX(4,4)-DBOX(4,3))
+      SHB4=AMAX1(0.,SBOX(4,4)-SBOX(4,3))
+C
+C Do test runs of AGAXIS for each of the four axes to see how much space
+C will be required for numeric labels.
+C
+      I=0
+C
+  118 I=I+1
+      IF (I.EQ.5) GO TO 128
+C
+      XYPI=FLOAT(1-MOD(I,2))
+      IF (QDAX(I).EQ.0.) GO TO 121
+      IF (PING(I).NE.SVAL(1)) XYPI=PING(I)
+C
+      IF (I.GE.3) GO TO 119
+C
+      XYMN=XLGW
+      XYMX=XRGW
+      IF (PINU(I).EQ.SVAL(1)) GO TO 120
+      XYPI=(PINU(I)-XLUW)/(XRUW-XLUW)
+      IF (QLUX.NE.0.) XYPI=(ALOG10(PINU(I))-ALOG10(XLUW))/
+     +                                       (ALOG10(XRUW)-ALOG10(XLUW))
+      GO TO 120
+C
+  119 XYMN=YBGW
+      XYMX=YTGW
+      IF (PINU(I).EQ.SVAL(1)) GO TO 120
+      XYPI=(PINU(I)-YBUW)/(YTUW-YBUW)
+      IF (QLUY.NE.0.) XYPI=(ALOG10(PINU(I))-ALOG10(YBUW))/
+     +                                       (ALOG10(YTUW)-ALOG10(YBUW))
+C
+  120 XYPI=AMAX1(XYMN,AMIN1(XYMX,XYPI))
+C
+  121 GO TO (122,123,124,125) , I
+C
+C Left y axis.
+C
+  122 XBGA(1)=XYPI
+      YBGA(1)=0.
+      UBGA(1)=YBUW
+      XNDA(1)=XYPI
+      YNDA(1)=1.
+      UNDA(1)=YTUW
+      WNLL(1)=XYPI-XLGW-DWB1
+      WNLR(1)=XRGW-XYPI-DWB2
+      GO TO 126
+C
+C Right y axis.
+C
+  123 XBGA(2)=XYPI
+      YBGA(2)=1.
+      UBGA(2)=YTUW
+      XNDA(2)=XYPI
+      YNDA(2)=0.
+      UNDA(2)=YBUW
+      WNLL(2)=XRGW-XYPI-DWB2
+      WNLR(2)=XYPI-XLGW-DWB1
+      GO TO 126
+C
+C Bottom x axis.
+C
+  124 XBGA(3)=1.
+      YBGA(3)=XYPI
+      UBGA(3)=XRUW
+      XNDA(3)=0.
+      YNDA(3)=XYPI
+      UNDA(3)=XLUW
+      WNLL(3)=XYPI-YBGW-DHB3
+      WNLR(3)=YTGW-XYPI-DHB4
+      GO TO 126
+C
+C Top x axis.
+C
+  125 XBGA(4)=0.
+      YBGA(4)=XYPI
+      UBGA(4)=XLUW
+      XNDA(4)=1.
+      YNDA(4)=XYPI
+      UNDA(4)=XRUW
+      WNLL(4)=YTGW-XYPI-DHB4
+      WNLR(4)=XYPI-YBGW-DHB3
+C
+  126 IF (QDAX(I).GT.0.) THEN
+        CALL AGAXIS (I,QDAX(I),QSPA(I),WCWP,HCWP,XBGA(I),YBGA(I),
+     +               XNDA(I),YNDA(I),QLUA(I),UBGA(I),UNDA(I),FUNS(I),
+     +               QBTP(I),BASE(I),QJDP(I),WMJL(I),WMJR(I),QMNT(I),
+     +               QNDP(I),WMNL(I),WMNR(I),QLTP(I),QLEX(I),QLFL(I),
+     +               QLOF(I),QLOS(I),DNLA(I),WCLM(I),WCLE(I),RFNL(I),
+     +               QCIM(I),QCIE(I),WNLL(I),WNLR(I),10.,11.)
+      ELSE
+        WNLL(I)=0.
+        WNLR(I)=0.
+      END IF
+      GO TO 118
+C
+C If no labels are to be drawn, AGSTUP is now done.
+C
+  128 IF (IDLB.EQ.0) GO TO 138
+C
+C Check the label boxes, moving and/or shrinking them to prevent the
+C labels in them from overlapping any portion of any axis.  The labels
+C on an axis may have to be moved, as well.
+C
+C Box 1 - to the left of the curve window.
+C
+      IF (DBOX(1,2).GT.0.) GO TO 903
+      DBOX(1,2)=AMIN1(0.,XBGA(1)-WNLL(1),XBGA(2)-WNLR(2))
+      DBOX(1,1)=DBOX(1,2)-DWB1
+      IF (DBOX(1,1).LT.XLGW) DBOX(1,1)=AMIN1(DBOX(1,2)-SWB1,XLGW)
+      IF (DBOX(1,1).GE.XLGW) GO TO 130
+      DBOX(1,1)=XLGW
+      DBOX(1,2)=XLGW+SWB1
+      TEMP=XBGA(1)-WNLL(1)-DBOX(1,2)
+      IF (TEMP.GE.0.) GO TO 129
+      WNLL(1)=WNLL(1)+TEMP
+      WNLR(1)=WNLR(1)-TEMP
+  129 TEMP=XBGA(2)-WNLR(2)-DBOX(1,2)
+      IF (TEMP.GE.0.) GO TO 130
+      WNLL(2)=WNLL(2)-TEMP
+      WNLR(2)=WNLR(2)+TEMP
+C
+C Box 2 - to the right of the curve window.
+C
+  130 IF (DBOX(2,1).LT.1.) GO TO 904
+      DBOX(2,1)=AMAX1(1.,XBGA(1)+WNLR(1),XBGA(2)+WNLL(2))
+      DBOX(2,2)=DBOX(2,1)+DWB2
+      IF (DBOX(2,2).GT.XRGW) DBOX(2,2)=AMAX1(DBOX(2,1)+SWB2,XRGW)
+      IF (DBOX(2,2).LE.XRGW) GO TO 132
+      DBOX(2,1)=XRGW-SWB2
+      DBOX(2,2)=XRGW
+      TEMP=XBGA(1)+WNLR(1)-DBOX(2,1)
+      IF (TEMP.LE.0.) GO TO 131
+      WNLL(1)=WNLL(1)+TEMP
+      WNLR(1)=WNLR(1)-TEMP
+  131 TEMP=XBGA(2)+WNLL(2)-DBOX(2,1)
+      IF (TEMP.LE.0.) GO TO 132
+      WNLL(2)=WNLL(2)-TEMP
+      WNLR(2)=WNLR(2)+TEMP
+C
+C Box 3 - below the curve window.
+C
+  132 IF (DBOX(3,4).GT.0.) GO TO 905
+      DBOX(3,4)=AMIN1(0.,YBGA(3)-WNLL(3),YBGA(4)-WNLR(4))
+      DBOX(3,3)=DBOX(3,4)-DHB3
+      IF (DBOX(3,3).LT.YBGW) DBOX(3,3)=AMIN1(DBOX(3,4)-SHB3,YBGW)
+      IF (DBOX(3,3).GE.YBGW) GO TO 134
+      DBOX(3,3)=YBGW
+      DBOX(3,4)=YBGW+SHB3
+      TEMP=YBGA(3)-WNLL(3)-DBOX(3,4)
+      IF (TEMP.GE.0.) GO TO 133
+      WNLL(3)=WNLL(3)+TEMP
+      WNLR(3)=WNLR(3)-TEMP
+  133 TEMP=YBGA(4)-WNLR(4)-DBOX(3,4)
+      IF (TEMP.GE.0.) GO TO 134
+      WNLL(4)=WNLL(4)-TEMP
+      WNLR(4)=WNLR(4)+TEMP
+C
+C Box 4 - above the curve window.
+C
+  134 IF (DBOX(4,3).LT.1.) GO TO 906
+      DBOX(4,3)=AMAX1(1.,YBGA(3)+WNLR(3),YBGA(4)+WNLL(4))
+      DBOX(4,4)=DBOX(4,3)+DHB4
+      IF (DBOX(4,4).GT.YTGW) DBOX(4,4)=AMAX1(DBOX(4,3)+SHB4,YTGW)
+      IF (DBOX(4,4).LE.YTGW) GO TO 136
+      DBOX(4,3)=YTGW-SHB4
+      DBOX(4,4)=YTGW
+      TEMP=YBGA(3)+WNLR(3)-DBOX(4,3)
+      IF (TEMP.LE.0.) GO TO 135
+      WNLL(3)=WNLL(3)+TEMP
+      WNLR(3)=WNLR(3)-TEMP
+  135 TEMP=YBGA(4)+WNLL(4)-DBOX(4,3)
+      IF (TEMP.LE.0.) GO TO 136
+      WNLL(4)=WNLL(4)-TEMP
+      WNLR(4)=WNLR(4)+TEMP
+C
+C Box 5 - the curve window itself.
+C
+  136 IF (DBOX(5,1).LT.0..OR.DBOX(5,2).GT.1..OR.
+     +                     DBOX(5,3).LT.0..OR.DBOX(5,4).GT.1.) GO TO 907
+C
+      DBOX(5,1)=AMAX1(XLGW,XBGA(1)+WNLR(1))
+      DBOX(5,2)=AMIN1(XRGW,XBGA(2)-WNLR(2))
+      DBOX(5,3)=AMAX1(YBGW,YBGA(3)+WNLR(3))
+      DBOX(5,4)=AMIN1(YTGW,YBGA(4)-WNLR(4))
+C
+C Do a final check on all boxes for labels running outside the graph
+C window.
+C
+           DO 137 NBOX=1,6
+           DBOX(NBOX,1)=AMAX1(XLGW,DBOX(NBOX,1))
+           DBOX(NBOX,2)=AMIN1(XRGW,DBOX(NBOX,2))
+           DBOX(NBOX,3)=AMAX1(YBGW,DBOX(NBOX,3))
+           DBOX(NBOX,4)=AMIN1(YTGW,DBOX(NBOX,4))
+  137      CONTINUE
+C
+C Do a "SET" call for the user and return.
+C
+  138 CALL SET (XLCW,XRCW,YBCW,YTCW,XLUW,XRUW,YBUW,YTUW,
+     +                            1+IABS(IFIX(QLUX))*2+IABS(IFIX(QLUY)))
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+C Error exits.
+C
+  901 CALL SETER ('AGSTUP - GRAPH WINDOW IMPROPERLY SPECIFIED',20,2)
+C
+  902 CALL SETER ('AGSTUP - GRID WINDOW IMPROPERLY SPECIFIED',21,2)
+C
+  903 CALL SETER ('AGSTUP - LEFT LABELS IMPROPERLY SPECIFIED',22,2)
+C
+  904 CALL SETER ('AGSTUP - RIGHT LABELS IMPROPERLY SPECIFIED',23,2)
+C
+  905 CALL SETER ('AGSTUP - BOTTOM LABELS IMPROPERLY SPECIFIED',24,2)
+C
+  906 CALL SETER ('AGSTUP - TOP LABELS IMPROPERLY SPECIFIED',25,2)
+C
+  907 CALL SETER ('AGSTUP - INTERIOR LABELS IMPROPERLY SPECIFIED',26,2)
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agutol.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agutol.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..02dbf64c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/agutol.f
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE AGUTOL (IAXS,FUNS,IDMA,VINP,VOTP)
+C
+C This routine is called to perform the mapping from the "user system"
+C along an axis to the "label system" along that axis or vice-versa.  It
+C may be replaced by the user in order to create a desired graph.  The
+C arguments are as follows:
+C
+C -- IAXS is the index of the axis being drawn.  Its value is 1, 2, 3,
+C    or 4, implying the left, right, bottom, or top axis, respectively.
+C
+C -- FUNS is the value of the parameter 'AXIS/s/FUNCTION.', which may be
+C    used to select the desired mapping function for axis IAXS.  It is
+C    recommended that the default value (zero) be used to specify the
+C    identity mapping.  A non-zero value may be integral (1., 2., etc.)
+C    and serve purely to select the code to be executed or it may be the
+C    value of a real parameter in the equations defining the mapping.
+C
+C -- IDMA specifies the direction of the mapping.  A value greater than
+C    zero indicates that VINP is a value in the user system and that
+C    VOTP is to be a value in the label system, a value less than zero
+C    the opposite.
+C
+C -- VINP is an input value in one coordinate system along the axis.
+C
+C -- VOTP is an output value in the other coordinate system along the
+C    axis.
+C
+C The default routine simply defines the identity mapping for all axes.
+C
+      VOTP=VINP
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/anotat.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/anotat.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..ed46025b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/anotat.f
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE ANOTAT (LABX,LABY,LBAC,LSET,NDSH,DSHL)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) LABX,LABY,DSHL(*)
+C
+C The routine ANOTAT resets background annotation.
+C
+C Declare the type of the dash-pattern-parameter-name generator.
+C
+      CHARACTER*16 AGDSHN
+C
+C Set up the x-axis label.
+C
+      IF (ICHAR(LABX(1:1)).NE.0) THEN
+        CALL AGSETC ('LABE/NAME.', 'B')
+        CALL AGSETI ('LINE/NUMB.',-100)
+        CALL AGSETC ('LINE/TEXT.',LABX)
+      END IF
+C
+C Set up the y-axis label.
+C
+      IF (ICHAR(LABY(1:1)).NE.0) THEN
+        CALL AGSETC ('LABE/NAME.', 'L')
+        CALL AGSETI ('LINE/NUMB.', 100)
+        CALL AGSETC ('LINE/TEXT.',LABY)
+      END IF
+C
+C Set up the background the user wants.
+C
+      IF (LBAC.GT.0) CALL AGSETI ('BACK.',LBAC)
+C
+C Set the parameter ISET.
+C
+      IF (LSET.NE.0) CALL AGSETI ('SET .',LSET)
+C
+C Set up the dash patterns the user wants.
+C
+      IF (NDSH.NE.0) THEN
+        IDSH=MIN0(26,NDSH)
+        CALL AGSETI ('DASH/SELE.',IDSH)
+        IF (IDSH.LT.0) RETURN
+        DO 101 I=1,IDSH
+          CALL AGSETC (AGDSHN(I),DSHL(I))
+  101   CONTINUE
+      END IF
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/displa.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/displa.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0749b29b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/displa.f
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE DISPLA (LFRA,LROW,LTYP)
+C
+C The subroutine DISPLA resets the parameters IFRA, IROW, and/or LLUX
+C and LLUY.
+C
+      IF (LFRA.NE.0) CALL AGSETI ('FRAM.', MAX0(1,MIN0(3,LFRA)))
+C
+      IF (LROW.NE.0) CALL AGSETI ('ROW .',LROW)
+C
+      IF (LTYP.EQ.0) RETURN
+C
+      ITYP=MAX0(1,MIN0(4,LTYP))
+      CALL AGSETI ('X/LOGA.',   (1-ITYP)/2)
+      CALL AGSETI ('Y/LOGA.',MOD(1-ITYP,2))
+C
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/ezmxy.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/ezmxy.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..bc8f6352
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/ezmxy.f
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE EZMXY (XDRA,YDRA,IDXY,MANY,NPTS,LABG)
+C
+      REAL XDRA(*),YDRA(*)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) LABG
+C
+C The routine EZMXY draws many curves, each of them defined by points of
+C the form (XDRA(I,J),YDRA(I,J)) or (XDRA(J,I),YDRA(J,I)) or, possibly,
+C (XDRA(I),YDRA(I,J)) or (XDRA(I),YDRA(J,I)), for I = 1, 2, ... NPTS and
+C for J = 1, 2, ... MANY.  (YDRA is actually dimensioned IDXY by * .)
+C
+C Do statistics-gathering call.
+C
+      LOGICAL Q8Q4
+      SAVE Q8Q4
+      DATA Q8Q4 /.TRUE./
+      IF (Q8Q4) THEN
+        CALL Q8QST4('GRAPHX','AUTOGRAPH','EZMXY','VERSION 07')
+        Q8Q4 = .FALSE.
+      ENDIF
+C
+C +NOAO
+C
+      call agdflt
+C 
+C -NOAO
+      CALL AGGETI ('SET .',ISET)
+      CALL AGGETI ('FRAM.',IFRA)
+      CALL AGGETI ('DASH/SELE.',IDSH)
+C
+      CALL AGEZSU (4,XDRA,YDRA,IDXY,MANY,NPTS,LABG,IIVX,IIEX,IIVY,IIEY)
+      CALL AGBACK
+C
+      IF (ISET.LT.0) GO TO 102
+C
+           DO 101 I=1,MANY
+           INXD=1+(I-1)*IIVX
+           INYD=1+(I-1)*IIVY
+           KDSH=ISIGN(I,IDSH)
+           CALL AGCURV (XDRA(INXD),IIEX,YDRA(INYD),IIEY,NPTS,KDSH)
+  101      CONTINUE
+C
+  102 IF (IFRA.EQ.1) CALL FRAME
+C
+C +NOAO
+C
+      call initag
+C
+C -NOAO
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/ezmy.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/ezmy.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e406465b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/ezmy.f
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE EZMY (YDRA,IDXY,MANY,NPTS,LABG)
+C
+      REAL XDRA(1),YDRA(*)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) LABG
+C
+C The routine EZMY draws many curves, each of them defined by points of
+C the form (I,YDRA(I,J)) or (I,YDRA(J,I)), for I = 1, 2, ... NPTS and
+C for J = 1, 2, ... MANY.  (YDRA is actually dimensioned IDXY by * .)
+C
+C Do statistics-gathering call.
+C
+      LOGICAL Q8Q4
+      SAVE Q8Q4
+      DATA Q8Q4 /.TRUE./
+      IF (Q8Q4) THEN
+        CALL Q8QST4('GRAPHX','AUTOGRAPH','EZMY','VERSION 07')
+        Q8Q4 = .FALSE.
+      ENDIF
+C
+C +NOAO
+C
+      call agdflt
+C
+C -NOAO
+      CALL AGGETI ('SET .',ISET)
+      CALL AGGETI ('FRAM.',IFRA)
+      CALL AGGETI ('DASH/SELE.',IDSH)
+C
+      CALL AGEZSU (3,XDRA,YDRA,IDXY,MANY,NPTS,LABG,IIVX,IIEX,IIVY,IIEY)
+      CALL AGBACK
+C
+      IF (ISET.LT.0) GO TO 102
+C
+           DO 101 I=1,MANY
+           INYD=1+(I-1)*IIVY
+           KDSH=ISIGN(I,IDSH)
+           CALL AGCURV (XDRA,0,YDRA(INYD),IIEY,NPTS,KDSH)
+  101      CONTINUE
+C
+  102 IF (IFRA.EQ.1) CALL FRAME
+C
+C +NOAO
+C
+      call initag
+C
+C -NOAO
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/ezxy.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/ezxy.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..e6ef3b5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/ezxy.f
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE EZXY (XDRA,YDRA,NPTS,LABG)
+C
+      REAL XDRA(*),YDRA(*)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) LABG
+C
+C The routine EZXY draws one curve through the points (XDRA(I),YDRA(I)),
+C for I = 1, 2, ... NPTS.
+C
+C Do statistics-gathering call.
+C
+      LOGICAL Q8Q4
+      SAVE Q8Q4
+      DATA Q8Q4 /.TRUE./
+      IF (Q8Q4) THEN
+        CALL Q8QST4('GRAPHX','AUTOGRAPH','EZXY','VERSION 07')
+        Q8Q4 = .FALSE.
+      ENDIF
+C
+C +NOAO
+C
+      call agdflt
+C
+C -NOAO
+      CALL AGGETI ('SET .',ISET)
+      CALL AGGETI ('FRAM.',IFRA)
+C
+      CALL AGEZSU (2,XDRA,YDRA,NPTS,1,NPTS,LABG,IIVX,IIEX,IIVY,IIEY)
+      CALL AGBACK
+C
+      IF (ISET.GE.0) CALL AGCURV (XDRA,1,YDRA,1,NPTS,1)
+C
+      IF (IFRA.EQ.1) CALL FRAME
+C
+C +NOAO
+C
+      call initag
+C
+C -NOAO
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/ezy.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/ezy.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3be54a03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/ezy.f
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE EZY (YDRA,NPTS,LABG)
+C
+      REAL XDRA(1),YDRA(*)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) LABG
+C
+C The subroutine EZY draws one curve through the points (I,YDRA(I)), for
+C I = 1, 2, ... NPTS.
+C
+C Do statistics-gathering call.
+C
+      LOGICAL Q8Q4
+      SAVE Q8Q4
+      DATA Q8Q4 /.TRUE./
+      IF (Q8Q4) THEN
+        CALL Q8QST4('GRAPHX','AUTOGRAPH','EZY','VERSION 07')
+        Q8Q4 = .FALSE.
+      ENDIF
+C
+C +NOAO
+C
+      call agdflt
+C
+C -NOAO
+      CALL AGGETI ('SET .',ISET)
+      CALL AGGETI ('FRAM.',IFRA)
+C
+      CALL AGEZSU (1,XDRA,YDRA,NPTS,1,NPTS,LABG,IIVX,IIEX,IIVY,IIEY)
+      CALL AGBACK
+C
+      IF (ISET.GE.0) CALL AGCURV (XDRA,0,YDRA,1,NPTS,1)
+C
+      IF (IFRA.EQ.1) CALL FRAME
+C
+C +NOAO
+C
+      call initag
+C
+C -NOAO
+      RETURN
+C
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/idiot.f b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/idiot.f
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..0e2ce5e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/idiot.f
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+C
+C                                                                               
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                Copyright (C) 1986 by UCAR                       |           
+C |        University Corporation for Atmospheric Research          |           
+C |                    All Rights Reserved                          |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C |                 NCARGRAPHICS  Version 1.00                      |           
+C |                                                                 |           
+C +-----------------------------------------------------------------+           
+C                                                                               
+C                                                                               
+C ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+C
+      SUBROUTINE IDIOT (XDRA,YDRA,NPTS,LTYP,LDSH,LABX,LABY,LABG,LFRA)
+C
+      REAL XDRA(*),YDRA(*)
+C
+      INTEGER LDSH(*)
+C
+      CHARACTER*(*) LABX,LABY,LABG
+C
+      CHARACTER*16 AGBNCH
+C
+C This is an implementation of the routine from which AUTOGRAPH grew.
+C It should work pretty much as the original did (if you can figure out
+C what that was).
+C
+C Do statistics-gathering call.
+C
+      LOGICAL Q8Q4
+      SAVE Q8Q4
+      DATA Q8Q4 /.TRUE./
+      IF (Q8Q4) THEN
+        CALL Q8QST4('GRAPHX','AUTOGRAPH','IDIOT','VERSION 07')
+        Q8Q4 = .FALSE.
+      ENDIF
+C
+C +NOAO
+C
+      call agdflt
+C 
+C -NOAO
+      CALL ANOTAT (LABX,LABY,1,2-ISIGN(1,NPTS),1,AGBNCH(LDSH))
+C
+      CALL DISPLA (2-MAX0(-1,MIN0(1,LFRA)),1,LTYP)
+C
+      CALL AGEZSU (5,XDRA,YDRA,IABS(NPTS),1,IABS(NPTS),LABG,IIVX,IIEX,
+     +                                                        IIVY,IIEY)
+      CALL AGBACK
+C
+      CALL AGCURV (XDRA,1,YDRA,1,IABS(NPTS),1)
+C
+      IF (LFRA.GT.0) CALL FRAME
+C
+C +NOAO
+C
+      call plotit (0, 0, 2)
+      call initut
+C
+C -NOAO
+      RETURN
+      END
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/mkpkg b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/mkpkg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8af0a0d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/mkpkg
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+# Make the NCAR AUTOGRAPH library.
+
+$checkout libncar.a lib$
+$update   libncar.a
+$checkin  libncar.a lib$
+$exit
+
+libncar.a:
+	agdflt.f  
+	agaxis.f
+	agback.f
+	agbnch.f
+	agchax.f
+	agchcu.f
+	agchil.f
+	agchnl.f
+	agctcs.f
+	agctko.f
+	agcurv.f
+	agdash.f
+	agdlch.f
+	agdshn.f
+	agexax.f
+	agexus.f
+	agezsu.f
+	agfpbn.f
+	agftol.f
+	aggetc.f
+	aggetf.f
+	aggeti.f
+	aggetp.f
+	aggtch.f
+	aginit.f
+	agkurv.f
+	aglbls.f
+	agmaxi.f
+	agmini.f
+	agnumb.f
+	agppid.f
+	agpwrt.f
+	agqurv.f
+	agrpch.f
+	agrstr.f
+	agsave.f
+	agscan.f
+	agsetc.f
+	agsetf.f
+	agseti.f
+	agsetp.f
+	agsrch.f
+	agstch.f
+	agstup.f
+	agutol.f
+	anotat.f
+	displa.f
+	ezmxy.f
+	ezmy.f
+	ezxy.f
+	ezy.f
+	idiot.f
+	pstr.x
+	;
diff --git a/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/pstr.x b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/pstr.x
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..a40c9fc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/sys/gio/ncarutil/autograph/pstr.x
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# Copyright(c) 1986 Association of Universities for Research in Astronomy Inc.
+
+# PSTR -- Print a character string from a fortran program.  The string is
+# passed as an unpacked spp string, the result of f77upk in the calling
+# program.  PSTR is called by agppid.f in the autograph package.
+
+procedure pstr (spp_string)
+
+char 	spp_string[ARB]
+
+begin
+	call eprintf ("%s\n")
+	    call pargstr (spp_string)
+end